Democracy Spraffa

Agenda Document Pack - Moray Integration Joint Board - 29/05/2025

Moray Council · 29 May 2025
Back to Moray Integration Joint Board — 29 May 2025 and its agenda

Text extracted from the council's PDF. Layout and reading order may differ from the original.

Original council PDF · Download plain text

Page 1

Moray Integration Joint Board
Thursday, 29 May 2025
Council Chambers
NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that a Meeting of the Moray Integration Joint Board,
Council Chambers, Council Office, High Street, Elgin, IV30 1BX on Thursday,
29 May 2025 at 09:30 to consider the business noted below.
AGENDA
1. Welcome and Apologies
2. Declaration of Member's Interests
3. Minute of meeting of 27 March 2025 5 - 8
4. Action Log of 27 March 2025 9 - 12
5. Minutes - for noting
5a Minute of meeting Audit Performance and Risk
Committee of 30 January 2025
13 - 16
6. Chief Officer Report 17 - 22
7. Membership of Board and Committees 23 - 28
8. Health and Social Care Moray Strategic Delivery Plan
2025-28
29 - 66
9. Moray Integration Joint Board Strategic Risk Register 67 - 96
10. Moray Adult Mental Health Strategic Group Progress
Report
97 - 136
Page 1

Page 2

11. Equalities Mainstreaming Report 2025-2029 including
progress against Outcomes 2021-2024
137 - 198
12. Moray Alcohol and Drug Partnership - Scottish
Government Annual Reporting Survey
199 - 238
13. Review of Financial Regulations 239 - 260
Watching the Meeting
You can watch the webcast live by going to: 
http://www.moray.gov.uk/moray_standard/page_43661.html
Webcasts are available to view for 1 year following the meeting.
You can also attend the meeting in person.  If you wish to
attend in person, please come to the High Street entrance door
and a member of staff will let you into the Chamber.
Page 2

Page 3

MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD
SEDERUNT
Councillor Elaine Kirby  (Chair)
Councillor Peter Bloomfield  (Voting Member)
Councillor Scott Lawrence  (Voting Member)
Mr Derick Murray  (Voting Member)
Mr Sandy Riddell  (Voting Member)
Mr Dennis Robertson  (Voting Member)
Mr Alex Stephen  (Voting Member)
Councillor Ben Williams  (Voting Member)
Dr Adam Coldwells  (Ex-Officio)
Ms Karen Greaves BEM  (Ex-Officio)
Mr Ivan Augustus  (Non-Voting Member)
Professor Duff Bruce  (Non-Voting Member)
Mrs Sheila Brumby  (Non-Voting Member)
Mr Sean Coady  (Non-Voting Member)
Ms Sonya Duncan  (Non-Voting Member)
Ms Jane Ewen  (Non-Voting Member)
Dr Robert Lockhart  (Non-Voting Member)
Mr Jim Lyon  (Non-Voting Member)
Ms Deirdre McIntyre  (Non-Voting Member)
Ms Deborah O'Shea  (Non-Voting Member)
Ms Judith Proctor  (Non-Voting Member)
Ms Elizabeth Robinson  (Non-Voting
Member)
Clerk Name: Caroline O'Connor
Clerk Telephone: 07779 999296
Clerk Email: committee.services@moray.gov.uk
Page 3

Page 4

Page 4

Page 5

MINUTE OF MEETING OF THE MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD 
Thursday, 27 March 2025 
Council Chambers, Council Office, High Street, Elgin, IV30 1BX 
PRESENT 
Mr Ivan Augustus, Councillor Peter Bloomfield, Mrs Sheila Brumby, Mr Sean Coady,
Ms Sonya Duncan, Ms Jane Ewen, Councillor Elaine Kirby, Councillor Scott
Lawrence, Dr Robert Lockhart, Mr Jim Lyon, Mr Derick Murray, Ms Deborah O'Shea,
Ms Judith Proctor, Mr Sandy Riddell, Mr Dennis Robertson, Ms Elizabeth Robinson,
Dr Malcolm Simmons, Mr Kevin Todd, Councillor Ben Williams 
APOLOGIES 
Professor Duff Bruce, Dr Adam Coldwells, Ms Karen Greaves BEM, Ms Deirdre
McIntyre, Mr John Mundell, Mr Alex Stephen 
IN ATTENDANCE 
Self-Directed Support and Unpaid Carers Team Manager; Corporate Programme
Manager; Service Manager - Provider Services; Senior Commissioning Officer
(HSCM) and Caroline O'Connor, Committee Services Officer. 
1.         Chair 
The meeting was chaired by Mr Dennis Robertson. 
2.         Declaration of Member's Interests 
Mr Riddell stated for transparency that he was Chair of the Mental Welfare
Commission Scotland.  
With regard to Item 11 "Care at Home", Mr Todd stated, for transparency, that
although he was a Care Manager he would be taking part in the debate as the Moray
Council Staff Representative.  
The Board noted there were no other declarations of member's interests.  
3.         Minute of meeting of 30 January 2025 
Item 3.
Page 5

Page 6

The minute of the meeting of 30 January 2025 was submitted and approved.  
4.         Action Log of 30 January 2025 
The Action Log of the meeting of 30 January 2025 was discussed and updated
accordingly.  
5.         Minute of meeting Audit Performance and Risk Committee of 26
September 2024 
The Board noted the minute of the meeting of the Audit, Performance and Risk
Committee of 26 September 2024.  
6.         Minute of meeting Clinical and Care Governance Committee of 28
November 2024 
The Board noted the minute of the meeting of the Clinical and Care Governance
Committee of 28 November 2024.  
7.         Chief Officer Report 
The meeting had before it a report by the Chief Officer informing the Board of the
Chief Officer activities that support the delivery against the Moray Integration Joint
Board's (MIJB's) strategic priorities articulated in the Strategic Plan, and the delivery
against the 9 Health and Wellbeing outcomes.  
In relation to the relocation of the Vaccination Centre reference at paragraph 3.6,
Councillor Bloomfield asked for details of what the costs were to set up the current
centre at Southfield and also what the costs would be to set up the short-term
solution.  In response, the Chief Officer advised she did not have the costs to hand
however undertook to circulate a written response following the meeting.    
Following various concerns raised by members of the Board relating to the pace and
outcome of the Mental Health Bed Base Review and the potential impact on service
users and staff, the Chair, noting a detailed report would come to the Board in May,
asked that communication be considered during the intervening period to ensure the
public are aware of the status and what provision is currently available.    
Following lengthy consideration the Board unanimously agreed to:-  
(i) note the content of the report; and 
(ii) agree that transforming services to meet the aspirations of the MIJB's Strategic
Plan remains a priority.  
8.         Revenue Budget and Recovery Plan 2025-26 
The meeting had before it a report by the Chief Financial Officer outlining the budget
allocations to the Moray Integration Joint Board (MIJB) and to consider the revenue
budget for 2025/26, the estimated funding gap and the charges.  
Mr Murray expressed his thanks to the Chief Financial Officer for the email response
received to a number of questions posed by him, which it was agreed would be
circulated to Board members.
Page 6

Page 7

Following consideration the Board unanimously agreed to:-  
(i) note the funding allocations proposed by NHS Grampian and Moray Council,
detailed at 4.6; 
(ii) note the anticipated budget pressures detailed in 4.10; 
(iii) approve the 2025/26 proposed savings plan at 4.24 and detailed in Appendix 2; 
(iv) formally approve the Revenue Budget for 2025/26 as detailed in Appendix 1,
following consideration on risks highlighted in 4.34; and 
(v) approve Directions for issue as set out at Appendix 5 to NHS Grampian and
Moray Council.  
9.         Medium Term Financial Framework 2025-26 - 2029-30 
The meeting had before it a report by the Chief Financial Officer asking the Board to
approve the updated Medium Term Financial Framework 2025/26 to 2029/30.  
Mr Murray expressed his thanks to the Chief Financial Officer for the email response
received to a number of questions posed by him, which it was agreed would be
circulated to Board members. 
Following consideration the Board unanimously agreed:-  
(i) to approve the updated Medium Term Financial Framework at Appendix 1; and 
(ii) that a review of the Framework be carried out on an annual basis.  
10.         Health and Social Care Moray Strategic Delivery Plan 2025-28 
The meeting had before it a report by the Corporate Programme Manager asking the
Board to review the progress and agree the approach to finalise the Delivery Plan
that supports meeting the aims and objectives of the Moray Integration Joint Board
Strategy.  
Following consideration the Board unanimously agreed:-  
(i) to note the progress in development of Health and Social Care Moray's Delivery
Plan (2025-2028) attached as Appendix 1; and 
(ii) that the finalised Delivery Plan be presented to the Board in May 2025.  
11.         Equalities Mainstreaming Progress Report 2021-2024 
The meeting had before it a report by the Corporate Manager and Public Health
Consultant seeking approval of the draft Moray Integration Joint Board (MIJB)
Equality Mainstreaming Progress Report 2021-2024.  
During the course of discussion Mr Riddell suggested, in order to mainstream
equalities as part of the Board's vision and culture and encourage discussion, that
reports to the Board should include reference to equalities within the body of the
report rather than only in the Summary of Implications section.  The Chair agreed,
Page 7

Page 8

regardless of the subject of the report, equalities should be referenced in the body of
future reports to the Board. 
Following consideration the Board unanimously agreed to:  
(i) approve the draft MIJB Equality Mainstreaming Progress Report 2021-24
(Appendix 1) for publication by April 2025; 
(ii) request the further development of the report, with a final version to be
presented to the Board on 29 May 2025 for publication May 2025; and 
(iii) request that the final MIJB Equality Mainstreaming Report 2021-24 includes
proposed equality outcomes for the period 2025-2029, aligned with the strategic
priorities outlined in Moray Integration Joint Board Strategic Plan "Partners in
Care 2022-2032".  
12.         Thanks 
The Board, in noting that Dr Malcolm Simmons was attending his last meeting
following his resignation, joined the Chair in paying tribute to Dr Simmons for his
valuable contributions to the Board and wished him well for the future.  
13.         Care at Home [Para 6.2.1] 
The meeting had before it a report by the Strategic Care at Home Group seeking
approval from the Board regarding the strategic review of Care at Home provision in
Moray and options to progress in order to provide a sustainable care at home service
for Moray.  
During the course of discussion concern was expressed by Board members on the
quality of information contained in the report and requested more clarity in the
progress report to come back to the Board in 6 months time. 
Following lengthy consideration the Board unanimously agreed:-  
(i) to note the scope of the strategic review in relation to the future provision of
Care at Home in Moray; 
(ii) to approve the strategic objectives of the group; 
(iii) to consider the Options set out in para 5.22 and Appendix and approve to
progress the recommendation Option; and 
(iv) progress will be reported back to the Board in 6 months. 
Page 8

Page 9

MEETING OF MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD 
Thursday 27 March 2025 
ACTION LOG 
ITEM
NO.
TITLE OF
REPORT
ACTION REQUIRED DUE DATE ACTION
BY
UPDATE FOR 29 MAY
2025
1. Options for Ward
4 Inpatient Unit
for Patients with
Mental Illness
Further development work to be undertaken in
order to prepare a full detailed report which
would be brought back to the Board for
consideration in approximately 3 months. 
Update 28/11/24: Development session to be
scheduled to be held before the strategic
delivery plan progress update comes back to
the Board in 6 months, to provide more details
on progress and engage with members of the
Board. 
TBC 
TBC
SC/KK 
JP
Bed base review ongoing
and date with Board to be
scheduled. 
There will be a Grampian
wide mental health
inpatient bed base review
and any
recommendations in
relation to Ward 4 will be
included within this
Item 4.
Page 9

Page 10

ITEM
NO.
TITLE OF
REPORT
ACTION REQUIRED DUE DATE ACTION
BY
UPDATE FOR 29 MAY
2025
2. Chief Officer
Report 26/09/24
• Interim Chief Officer provide an update
in relation to progress made resulting
from the external inspection of
Children's Services in relation to
children and young people at risk of
harm, through the governance
structures of the MIJB;
• Interim Chief Officer would provide a
report in relation to how the rights and
supported needs of unpaid carers are
met in Moray;
• Interim Chief Officer would arrange a
development day for a demonstration in
relation to Digital Health and Care 
TBC JP Partially Complete / In
Progress
3. Chief Officer
Report 30/01/25
Chief Officer to arrange development session
on the positive change work being done in
relation to discharges, with a further report to
come back to the Board. 
TBC JP Date to be confirmed
4. GP Vision and
Objectives
Update
Written answer to be provided to Board
members providing more detailed information
on Demand Measurement through GP Phone
systems, specifically how and when it will be
done and whether there will be patient
engagement. 
TBC AC 
5. Code of Conduct
Update
Refresher training in terms of the enhanced
Code to be scheduled for one of the Board's
development sessions. 
Summer
2025
SD/AMcE Timetabled August 2025
Page 10

Page 11

ITEM
NO.
TITLE OF
REPORT
ACTION REQUIRED DUE DATE ACTION
BY
UPDATE FOR 29 MAY
2025
6. Chief Officer
Report 27/03/25
Chief Officer to provide written response
setting out costs of setting up Vaccination
Centre at Southfield and the short-term
solution. 
ASAP JP In progress now move
has been completed
7. Equalities
Mainstreaming
Progress Report
2021-24 
Future reports to the Board, regardless of
subject, to include reference to equalities
within the body of the report rather than only in
the Summary of Implications section.  
Ongoing ALL Report on today’s agenda
regarding mainstreaming
of the Equality Duty 
Page 11

Page 12

Page 12

Page 13

MINUTE OF MEETING OF THE AUDIT, PERFORMANCE AND RISK COMMITTEE 
Thursday, 30 January 2025 
Council Chambers, Council Office, High Street, Elgin, IV30 1BX 
PRESENT 
Mr Sean Coady, Councillor Scott Lawrence, Mr Derick Murray, Ms Deborah O'Shea,
Ms Judith Proctor, Mr Sandy Riddell, Councillor Ben Williams 
APOLOGIES 
Ms Deirdre McIntyre, Mrs Jeanette Netherwood 
IN ATTENDANCE 
Corporate Manager; Angela Pieri, Engagement Lead, Grant Thornton; Interim
Chief Social Work Officer/Head of Service; Chief Internal Auditor; Service
Manager, Primary Care Contracts; Lizette Van Zyl, Social Work Service Manager
and Caroline O'Connor, Committee Services Officer. 
1.         Chair 
The meeting was chaired by Mr Sandy Riddell.  
2.         Declaration of Member's Interests 
The Committee noted there were no declarations of member's interests.  
3.         Minute of meeting of 26 September 2024 
The minute of the meeting of 26 September was submitted and approved.  
4.         Action Log of Meeting of 26 September 2024 
The Action Log of the meeting of 26 September 2024 was discussed and updated
accordingly.  
5.         Quarter 2 (July to September 2024) Performance Report 
Item 5a
Page 13

Page 14

The meeting had before it a report by the Corporate Programme Manager updating
the Committee on performance as at Quarter 2 2024 (July-September).  
With reference to the graphs contained in Emergency Admissions in Appendix 1, Mr
Murray noted the significant increase in targets and asked whether the targets are set
locally or nationally and if there was any specific reason for the increase.  In
response, the Chief Officer advised the figures are set nationally however suggested
the red line may be a trend line rather than a target line as targets are not shifted
routinely.  She further stated it could be that they are targets and the trajectories have
been adjusted based on understanding of the intelligence, and therefore agreed to
provide Committee with an email update.  
The Chair expressed concern in relation to paragraph 5.2 which detailed recruitment
in care had reached maximum number of hours available for provision and if care
was not available, noting this would impact on other system pressures.  In response,
Mr Coady confirmed there required to be a system approach and while there have
been difficulties recruiting internally to the care at home service, the recruitment
situation was improving and by the end of March predicted the service will be 224
hours under 6,368 hours that they actually have.  He advised this was mainly due to
improved attrition as a result of improved terms and conditions and positive
development and training of staff.  External partners CQS have also provided
assurances they will be able to increase their hours as a result of a block contract
from January to end of February.  Further work is being done in terms of the
proportionate care programme to review those who have two carers, four times per
day with a view to reducing where possible.  
In response to a question from Councillor Lawrence relating to the increase in
National Insurance contributions which would affect the private providers more than
internal employee, the Chief Financial Officer advised that this would be a budget
pressure for next year and whilst more information is to come on the funding being
provided by the Scottish Government, indications were that this would only cover
half.  Information from providers is being collated from providers to assess the
implications.  
Following consideration the Committee unanimously agreed to:-  
(i) note the performance of local indicators for Quarter 2 (July to September 2024)
as presented in the Performance Report at Appendix 1; and 
(ii) note the analysis of the local indicators highlighted and actions being undertaken
to address performance that is outside of acceptable target ranges as detailed in
Appendix 1.  
6.         Quarter 2 (July to September) Performance Report for Children and
Families and Justice Social Work 
The meeting had before it a report by the Interim Chief Social Work Officer/Head of
Service informing the Committee on Children and Families and Justice Social Work
performance as at Quarter 2.  
In relation to Child Protection Activity referenced at paragraph 4.5(a), Mr Murray
asked whether there were figures for August 2024 that could be compared rather
than having to wait until after August 2025 when the national data was available.  In
response the Interim Chief Social Work Officer advised comparator and benchmark
Page 14

Page 15

work is done on a regular basis and confirmed local comparator information could be
shared should there be another report prior to release of the national information.  
Thanking the Interim Chief Social Work Officer for the work done by the team in
preparing the report, the Chief Officer asked that future reports set out the key
messages with how the information details what is being done well in terms of looking
after children and young people and what the information details in terms of areas of
concern where support or service change may be appropriate.  
Following consideration the Committee unanimously agreed to:-  
(i) note the performance of local indicators for Quarter 2 as presented in the
Performance Report at Appendix 1; and 
(ii) note the analysis of the local indicators as detailed in Appendix 1.  
7.         Internal Audit Section - Update Report 
The meeting had before it a report by the Chief Internal Auditor providing Committee
with an update on the work of the Internal Audit Section.  
The Chief Internal Auditor confirmed that an agreement has now been obtained for
the reporting of internal audit reports from the NHS Grampian Internal Audit Provider,
of interest to the MIJB, to future Audit, Performance and Risk Committees. 
Following consideration the Committee unanimously agreed to note the contents of
the report.  
8.         Internal Audit Section Completed Projects Report 
The meeting had before it a report by the Chief Internal Auditor providing an update
on audit work completed since the last meeting of the Committee.  
Following consideration the Committee unanimously agreed to note the audit update.  
9.         Children’s Services Joint Inspection Improvement Plan 2024 
The meeting had before it a report by the Interim Chief Social Work Officer/Head of
Service providing the Committee with an overview of the governance arrangements
for the Joint Inspection Improvement Plan which was submitted to the Care
Inspectorate on 5 March 2024.  
The Chair, recognising the extremely complex governance arrangements and the
capacity required to support the groups, asked if there was any overview to ensure
the structure is working effectively.  In response the Interim Chief Social Work Officer
advised he was unaware of issues of non-attendance however where there is a
pattern of non-attendance, it is incumbent on chairs of groups to raise with the
appropriate partners as well as the individuals.  The Chief Officer advised she is a
member of the Chief Officers Groups in relation to services she is responsible for and
confirmed conversations are held at those meetings in terms of the ability of agencies
to support and there is open challenge and commitment of all chief officers to ensure
the correct people attend the group to provide assurance.  
Following consideration the Committee unanimously agreed to:-  
Page 15

Page 16

(i) note the content of the improvement plan produced in response to the joint
inspection, attached as Appendix 1; and 
(ii) note the governance arrangements in place for child protection in Moray,
attached as Appendix 2.  
10.         Payment Verification 
The meeting had before it a report by the Head of Service / Deputy Chief Officer
providing an update on the review of the Payment Verification Assurance Service
provided by National Services Scotland Practitioner Services Divisions, on behalf of
NHS Grampian.  
Following consideration the Committee unanimously agreed to:-  
(i) note the arrangements in place for Grampian for the management of the payment
verification process; 
(ii) note that the payment verification process has now fully restarted after pausing
during Covid-19; and 
(iii) note the actions already taken to address the outstanding issues, with plans for
future action to include an update on progress to this Committee in 2025.  
11.         Update on Improvement Plan for Adult Social Care Commissioning
[Para 6.2.2] 
The meeting had before it a report by the Interim Head of Service / Chief Social Work
Officer updating the Committee of progress on the Improvement Plan for Adult Social
Care Commissioning.  
Following consideration the Committee unanimously agreed to:-  
(i) note the progress of the Improvement Plan attached as Appendix 1; 
(ii) note the progress within this report as at the end of November 2024 in relation to
the recommendations detailed in the Improvement Plan; and 
(iii) approve the extension required to bring contracts into date to April 2025.   
Page 16

Page 17

REPORT TO: MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD ON 29 MAY 2025 
SUBJECT:   CHIEF OFFICER REPORT 
BY:  CHIEF OFFICER 
1.   REASON FOR REPORT 
1.1 To inform the Board of the Chief Officer activities that support the delivery
against the Moray Integration Joint Board’s (MIJB’s) strategic priorities
articulated in the Strategic Plan, and the delivery against the 9 Health and
Wellbeing outcomes. 
1.2 Strategic planning needs to maintain a focus on transformational change to
deliver services to our community within the resources we have available.
2024/25 was a very challenging year for delivering within the budget, with our
two funding partners, Moray Council and NHS Grampian, who remain under
considerable financial pressure as well. 
2.   RECOMMENDATION 
2.1 It is recommended that the Board:
i) consider and note the content of the report.
ii) agree that transforming services to meet the aspirations of the
MIJB’s Strategic Plan remains a priority. 
3. BACKGROUND 
Home First/Discharge without Delay (DWD) 
3.1 The number of patients whose discharge is delayed has risen with a likely
upward trajectory for a short time. There are many contributing factors to this
rise, with waiting for care the most likely reason for delay. Teams are seeking
innovative solutions to tackle this issue and continue to meet daily to monitor
the delays and to encourage collective decision making to support discharge.
At time of report, there are 37 delayed discharges and our target remains 26. 
3.2     The National DWD programme has completed phase one, which included the
completion of a National self-assessment tool, the creation of actions and the
identification of leads to represent Moray locally, regionally and nationally. The
Moray leads are now attending local, national and regional meetings and will
Item 6.
Page 17

Page 18

develop action plans for planned work which will be fed back to all groups.
This is a collaborative approach in Moray and teams from Dr Gray’s Hospital
and Health and Social Care Moray (HSCM) will be working together to
achieve the goals set. 
3.3      Moray’s DWD self-assessment has been submitted and has been added into
a single submission to Scottish Government from NHS Grampian. 
Vaccination Programme
3.4 The spring COVID-19 vaccination programme commenced on 31 March 2025.
The eligibility remains the same as spring 2024 and the vaccine is offered to:
residents in care homes for older adults; all those aged 75 years of age or
over; all those aged 6 months and over with a weakened immune
system.  The Shingles and Pneumococcal vaccination programmes are
ongoing along with all other routine vaccination programmes for preschool
and school aged children. Non routine vaccination continues.   Planning is in
place for other routine programmes including Respiratory Syncytial Virus
(RSV) and winter 2025/26. 
3.5 Following notice to vacate the site at Southfield, Elgin by 23 April 2025, the
vaccination centre has moved, within a very tight timescale, into short term,
temporary accommodation at Beechbrae. The team have been supported by
health and social care partnership and NHS colleagues to facilitate the move,
and with exceptional effort on all parts, the vaccination centre is up and
running. This has ensured vaccine delivery has been maintained. A solution
for longer-term delivery is currently being developed with the new site to be
operational no later than December 2025. 
3.6 The vaccination programme continues with a mixed model of delivery with
outreach and ad-hoc/pop up clinic delivery planned alongside the main centre
at Beechbrae. 
GMED
3.7 The GMED review was completed at the end of January 2025 with
recommendation approval by the GMED Redesign Programme Board. A
programme of engagement and consultation is being developed as guided by
Health Improvement Scotland and the national Planning with People
guidance. Further details will be shared when the next steps have been
formally agreed. GMED SMT has met with the three Health and Social Care
Partnerships Senior Leadership Teams and GP Sub-committee to present
recommendations in March 2025. HSCM Moray Corporate Team is supporting
GMED in setting up and rolling out the engagement and consultation plan. 
3.8  GMED closed financial year 2024/25 with a £3118 underspend, a nearly break
even position. Work continues on improving financial efficiency of the service
regarding non-pay elements. 
Review of Social Work Governance & Assurance Arrangements across
Scotland
3.9 The Scottish Government undertook a review on social work governance and
assurance in Scotland between July to December 2024, carried out by the
Care Inspectorate seeking to address, nationally, how well social work
governance and assurance arrangements support leaders. The report’s
Page 18

Page 19

findings are being considered in the development of HSCM’s local social work
governance arrangements which are being completed. 
3.10   The review report was due to be published in March and was eventually
published in May 2025.  The findings were reassuring and although social
work governance arrangements were complex, they were mostly effective and
social work leaders were making these work. Social work was not always
seen as an equal partner within partnership arrangements in several areas. It
was not consistently and robustly represented in some partnerships. A report
on this and our local social work governance arrangements will come to a
future meeting of the Board or relevant committee. 
Strategic Change Board Update
3.11 The MIJB approved partnership working across the North-East in relation to
the Strategic Change Board (SCB) at its meeting in January 2025.  The SCB
has been set up to drive transformational change and recognises the
importance of this being done across NHS Grampian and its partner IJBs in
order to ensure an alignment of ambition.  At its May meeting, the SCB
reflected on the need to recalibrate our collective approach to transformation
in light of the current pressures facing the entire health and care system. The
discussion acknowledged the risk of becoming stuck in short-term responses
(known in the 3 Horizon model as Horizon 1) and emphasised the importance
of shifting toward longer-term, system-wide change (Horizons 2 and 3). Key
themes included the need for a shared model of change, clearer articulation of
system priorities, and stronger engagement with staff and partners. This work
was further supported by the first of three cross-system workshops on 16 May
2025, co-led with Healthcare Improvement Scotland (HIS), which brought
together colleagues from across health and care – including Third Sector
Interfaces (TSIs) – to begin co-designing a shared vision, guiding principles,
and cultural shifts to underpin transformation. There was strong consensus
that now is the time to move from intent to impact, with a focus on practical
steps, shared ownership, and honest conversations about what change will
mean in practice. 
3.12 A consolidated update is currently in development and will be brought to the
Grampian IJBs in the coming period to support further discussion and
alignment. 
4.  KEY MATTERS RELEVANT TO RECOMMENDATION 
4.1 To support the acceleration of the MIJB ambitions set out in the Strategic Plan
the Delivery plan is currently being refreshed to support next steps. 
4.2 The challenge of finance persists and there remains the need to address the
underlying deficit in core services. The development of a Programme
Management Office is in progress to support our financial savings. 
5. SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS - 
(a) Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement
Plan (LOIP)) and Moray Integration Joint Board Strategic Plan
“Partners in Care 2022 – 2032”
Page 19

Page 20

Working with our partners to support people so they can cope with, and
where possible, overcome the health and wellbeing challenges they
may face. 
Ensuring that the right care is provided at the right place at the right time
when people are in need. Ensuring that our systems are as simple and
efficient as possible. 
(b) Policy and Legal
The Chief Officer continues to operate within the appropriate level of
delegated authority, ensuring that the Board is sighted on key issues at
the earliest opportunity, and continues to influence and agree the
strategic direction. 
(c) Financial implications
There are no financial implications arising directly from this report. The
Chief Finance Officer continues to report regularly. There is an ongoing
requirement to find efficiencies and to demonstrate best value for money. 
(d) Risk Implications and Mitigation
The risk of not redesigning services will mean that HSCM and the Moray
Portfolio cannot respond adequately to future demands.   
(e) Staffing Implications
Staff remain the organisation’s greatest asset, and engagement with all
sectors must continue to ensure full involvement, which will create the
best solutions to the challenges faced. HSCM staff are facing continued
pressures on a daily basis, and effort into ensuring staff well-being must
continue. 
(f) Property
There are no issues arising directly from this report. 
(g) Equalities/Socio Economic Impact
Any proposed permanent change to service delivery will need to be
impact assessed to ensure that HSCM are not disadvantaging any
section of our community. 
HSCM will continue to work closely with all our partners to ensure that
we contribute to the health and well-being of the community, and support
the recovery phase of the Covid-19 pandemic. 
(h) Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts
Care closer to and at home, delivered by teams working on a locality
basis, will reduce HSCM’s reliance on centralised fixed assets and their
associated use of utilities.  
(i) Directions
There are no directions arising from this report. 
(j) Consultations
Page 20

Page 21

HSCM Senior Management Team, the Legal Services Manager and
Caroline O’Connor, Committee Services Officer have been consulted in
the drafting of this report. 
6. CONCLUSION 
6.1 The Board are asked to acknowledge the significant efforts of staff,
across in-house providers, externally commissioned services, the
Independent and Third Sector, who are supporting the response to the
recovery, and the drive to create resilience and sustainability through
positive change. 
6.2 The size of the financial challenge facing the MIJB, and also its two
funding partners, means that redesign and transformation is not an
option but a necessity. HSCM’s approach will be to prioritise quality,
safety and good outcomes in all service redesigns. 
Author of Report: Judith Proctor, Chief Officer, Moray Portfolio
Page 21

Page 22

Page 22

Page 23

REPORT TO: MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD ON 29 MAY 2025 
SUBJECT: MEMBERSHIP OF BOARD AND COMMITTEES 
BY:  CORPORATE BUSINESS SUPPORT MANAGER 
1. REASON FOR REPORT 
1.1 To inform the Board of changes to Membership of the Moray Integration Joint
Board (MIJB), Audit, Performance and Risk (APR) Committee and Clinical and
Care Governance (CCG) Committee. 
2. RECOMMENDATION 
2.1 It is recommended that the Moray Integration Joint Board (MIJB) notes: 
i) the resignation of a GP Lead from 31 March 2025; 
ii) the resignation of Third Sector Stakeholder Representative from 11
February 2025; 
iii) the resignation of Moray Council Staff Representative from 19 May
2025; 
iv) the notice of resignation of Unpaid Carer Representative; and 
v) the updated membership of Board and committees attached at
Appendix 1. 
3. BACKGROUND 
3.1 The Public Bodies Joint Working (Scotland) Act 2014 (“the Act”) and the Public
Bodies (Joint Working) (Integration Joint Boards) (Scotland) Order 2014 (“the
Order”) make provisions about various matters including the membership of the
MIJB. As a minimum this must comprise voting members nominated from the
NHS Board and Council; co-opted non-voting members who are holders of key
posts with the NHS and Council or the MIJB; and co-opted non-voting members
who are representatives of groups who have an interest in the MIJB. There is
flexibility to appoint additional non-voting members as the Board sees fit. The
Moray Health and Social Care Integration Scheme (“Integration Scheme”)
outlines certain agreed provisions re membership (and includes the specific
provisions taken from the Act and the Order).
Item 7.
Page 23

Page 24

4. KEY MATTERS RELEVANT TO RECOMMENDATION 
4.1 Dr Malcolm Simmons, GP Lead, stood down from the Board on 31 March 2025. 
This vacancy will not be recruited to.  Dr Robert Lockhart, GP Lead, will
continue as member of the MIJB and Clinical and Care Governance
Committee. 
4.2 Kevin Todd, Moray Council Staff Representative, stood down from his role on
the Board on 19 May 2025.  Unison will advise who will attend future meetings
in due course. 
4.3 Janette Topp, Third Sector Stakeholder, resigned from the Board on 11
February 2025. 
4.4 Ivan Augustus, Unpaid Carer Representative, has intimated his intention to
resign from the Board when a replacement has been found to take up the
position. 
4.5 The Chair and Vice-Chair have suggested aligning upcoming recruitment
efforts into a single process.  As such, a joint recruitment campaign will be
carried out seeking applicants for the Third Sector Representative and Unpaid
Carer Representative roles, with recruitment proceeding concurrently for both
positions. 
4.6 The Board agreed at its meeting on 30 January 2025 to a temporary deviation
from the Moray Integration Scheme allowing Mr Dennis Robertson to continue
to undertake the role of Chair of the Board until 31 March 2025.  Cllr Elaine
Kirby took up the role of Chair of the Board on 1 April 2025.   
5. SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS 
(a) Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement
Plan (LOIP)) and Moray Integration Joint Board Strategic Plan
“Partners in Care 2022-32”
Effective governance arrangements support the development and
delivery of priorities and plans. 
(b) Policy and Legal
The Board, through its approved Standing Orders for Meetings,
established under the Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Integration Joint
Board) (Scotland) Order 2014, ensures that affairs are administered in
accordance with the law, probity and proper standards. 
(c) Financial implications
There are no financial implications arising as a direct result of this report. 
(d) Risk Implications and Mitigation
There are no risk implications arising as a direct result of this report. 
(e) Staffing Implications
There are no staffing implications arising as a direct result of this report. 
(f) Property
Page 24

Page 25

There are no property implications arising as a direct result of this report. 
(g) Equalities/Socio Economic Impact
An Equalities Impact Assessment is not required as the report is to
inform the Board of changes required to membership of the Board and
CCG Committee. 
(h) Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts
None arising from this report. 
(i) Directions
None arising from this report. 
(j) Consultations
Consultation on this report has taken place with Corporate Manager and
Communications & Engagement Officer, HSCM, and Caroline O’Connor,
Committee Services Officer, Moray Council, who are in agreement with
the report. 
6. CONCLUSION 
6.1 This paper sets out the position in relation to the membership of MIJB. 
Author of Report:  Isla Whyte, Corporate Business Support Manager
Background Papers:  None
Ref:   
Page 25

Page 26

APPENDIX 1 
Moray Integration Joint Board – as at 19 May 2025 
Moray Integration Joint Board 
4 Council voting members Elaine Kirby (Chair)
Ben Williams
Peter Bloomfield
Scott Lawrence
4 NHS Grampian voting members Dennis Robertson (Vice-
Chair)
Derick Murray
Sandy Riddell
Alex Stephen
Third Sector Stakeholder  Vacancy
NHS Grampian Staff Representative Stakeholder
Member
Deidre McIntyre
Carer Stakeholder  Ivan Augustus
Service User Stakeholder Sheila Brumby
Moray Council Staff Representative Kevin Todd
Chief Officer Professional Judith Proctor
Chief Social Work Officer Jim Lyon (interim)
Lead Nurse  Jane Ewen
GP Lead  Dr Robert Lockhart
Dr Malcolm Simmons
Non Primary Medical Services Lead Mr Duff Bruce
Additional Member  Elizabeth Robinson 
Audit, Performance and Risk Members
(note chair needs to be alternate partnership member to the Chair of MIJB)
2 Council voting members  Ben Williams
Scott Lawrence 
2 Health Board voting members  Sandy Riddell (Chair)
Derick Murray
Third Sector Stakeholder  Vacancy
NHS Grampian Staff Representative Stakeholder
Member 
Deirdre McIntyre 
Clinical and Care Governance Members 
2 Council voting member Cllr Peter Bloomfield 
Cllr Scott Lawrence
2 Health Board voting member (Chair) Derick Murray (Chair)
Alex Stephen
(Sandy Riddell 25/1/24
temporary)
Carer Stakeholder  Ivan Augustus
Service User Stakeholder Sheila Brumby
Third Sector Stakeholder Vacancy
Moray Council Staff Representative Kevin Todd
Chief Officer Professional Judith Proctor
Page 26

Page 27

APPENDIX 1 
Chief Social Work Officer Jim Lyon (interim)
Lead Nurse  Jane Ewen
GP Lead  Dr Robert Lockhart
Dr Malcolm Simmons
Non Primary Medical Services Lead Prof Duff Bruce
Additional Member  Elizabeth Robinson 
Page 27

Page 28

Page 28

Page 29

REPORT TO:    MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD ON 29 MAY 2025 
SUBJECT: HEALTH AND SOCIAL CARE MORAY STRATEGIC DELIVERY
PLAN 2025-2028 
BY:  CORPORATE PROGRAMME MANAGER 
1. REASON FOR REPORT 
1.1 To ask the Moray Integration Joint Board (MIJB) to review the progress and
agree the approach to finalise the Delivery Plan that supports meeting the aims
and objectives of the Moray Integration Joint Board Strategy. 
2. RECOMMENDATION 
2.1 It is recommended that the Board:- 
i) consider and approve the final draft of the Strategic Delivery Plan
(2025-2028) attached at Appendix 1; and 
ii) note a report will be submitted to Audit Performance and Risk
Committee in September 2025 with proposals for future reporting of
key performance indicators. 
3. BACKGROUND 
3.1 The Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Scotland) Act 2014 places a duty on
Integrated Authorities to develop a Strategic Plan for delegated functions under
their direction. As reported to the Board on 24 November 2022 (paragraph 13
of the minute refers), the revised strategic plan ‘Partners in Care 2022-2032’
was approved to allow for the Strategic Delivery Plan (SDP) to be developed. 
3.2 The Strategic Delivery Plan 2023 to 2026 was agreed by the Board on 28
September 2023 (para 12 of the minute refers) and set out how the Strategy
will be delivered, highlighting the key improvements and transformational
change which will be required. 
3.3 The Board considered the first draft of the revised Strategic Delivery Plan for
2025-2028 on 27 March 2025 (para 10 of the minute refers) and agreed the
final draft should be presented to this Board. 
4. KEY MATTERS RELEVANT TO RECOMMENDATION 
4.1 The content of the final draft Delivery Plan reflects the work necessary to meet
national objectives, shared objectives in collaboration with Health and Social
Care Moray’s (HSCM) partners, Moray Council and NHS Grampian, and with
Aberdeen City and Aberdeenshire HSCPs, to redesign of models of service
delivery to improve outcomes and efficiency.  This work will continue to be
Item 8.
Page 29

Page 30

informed through collaboration with our partners and will be shaped to align
with the evolving Health and Social Care Reform in Scotland, (Scottish
Government renewal framework to be published in late June 2025) and the
NHS Grampian Route Map for Strategic Change (led by the Grampian Strategic
Change Board) so HSCM continue to strengthen our collective approach to
provide the best care for the people of Moray, within the resources available. 
4.2 Further consultation has taken place with the Senior Management and
Operational Management Team to confirm the priority work streams, leads and
timescales for the next three years of the Strategic Plan to 2028 and required
amendments and comments received have been incorporated. 
4.3 The final draft SDP (Appendix 1) provides an overview of the agreed priority
work streams and associated actions for HSCM. The Plan will require to be
flexible and responsive ensuring the complex range of work streams are
prioritised and progressed within meaningful timescales and within capacity and
resources available.  Key to the successful delivery of the outcomes will be a
robust governance framework that will ensure regular monitoring and reporting
of progress.  Work has commenced on a review of the performance framework
that will underpin reporting at all levels in HSCM, and a report will be submitted
to Audit and Performance Committee in September 2025 with the proposals for
future reporting of key performance indicators. 
4.4 Once the SDP is approved, work will progress to ensure that there are links
with service and team plans to ensure that there is clear focus on the agreed
priorities throughout HSCM. 
5. SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS 
(a) Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes
Improvement Plan (LOIP)) and Moray Integration Joint
Board Strategic Plan “Partners in Care 2022 – 2032”
The SDP underpins the named plans and supports achieving better
outcomes for citizens in Moray. 
(b) Policy and Legal
The implementation and publication of the delivery plan will ensure that
the MIJB complies with legal requirements. 
(c) Financial implications
Pivotal to the effective delivery on the actions in the strategic delivery
plan are the financial resources available to MIJB. To assist with the
planning process, a Medium Term Financial Framework supports the
delivery of the strategic plan to aid decision making. This is scrutinised
regularly by Senior Management and reported quarterly to MIJB.  The
Budget Savings Oversight Group will regularly monitor the progress of
projects regarding delivery of budget savings to ensure anticipated
savings are achieved. 
(d) Risk Implications and Mitigation
Risks to achieving the deliverables in the plan will be highlighted through
the Strategic Risk Register and monitored by the Audit Performance and
Risk Committee. The immediate risk to successfully delivering the Plan
could be defined as Intensification – trying to do more with the same
Page 30

Page 31

(e.g. financial resources, workforce availability). To mitigate against this,
the MIJB agreed the 3 year transformation priorities and improvement
projects in 2023; to offer a clear focus for HSCM staff and these priorities
are incorporated in this iteration of the SDP. Each service/team will have
or will develop service plans that encompass their responsibilities
contained in the SDP. This supports good governance, risk and issue
escalation if required. 
(e) Staffing Implications
With any changes in ways and models of working, there may be
implications for staff in how they go about their work and how supported
they are within a pressured and changing environment. Staff side,
Unions and Human Resources will be working alongside SMT in
delivering change, observing the associated policy and procedures of the
Council and NHS. The SDP will be delivered using existing staffing. That
said, as a saving target has been agreed though vacancy management,
the MIJB must be cognisant of the health and wellbeing of the workforce
as they continue to deliver and transform in a resource constraint
environment.   
(f) Property
The Moray Infrastructure Board offers oversight and scrutiny to service
delivery, linking into the assets management arrangements for NHS
Grampian and Morays Council. Service specific infrastructure and
property issues will be detailed in service plans and risks raised through
the Infrastructure board and Strategic Risk register is appropriate. 
(g) Equalities/Socio Economic Impact
An Equality Impact Assessment (including assessment against Fairer
Scotland Duty) was undertaken in line with statutory obligations.  This
has been reviewed and there were no changes identified.  The EIA was
included as part of the submission for the Strategy on 29 November
2022 and are available publicly on HSCM website.  As projects progress,
they will undertake Integrated Impact Assessments that will be reported
and published as necessary. 
(h) Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts
There are no direct impacts arising from the recommendations of this
report.
Climate change impacts are considered and incorporated into project
documentation and business plans as we work towards reducing carbon
footprint and delivering on net zero emissions targets. 
(i) Directions
No direction requires to be issued to Moray Council or NHS Grampian as
a result of this report. 
(j) Consultations
Consultations have been undertaken with Senior Management Team,
Operational Management Team and Caroline O’Connor, Committee
Services Officer, Moray Council, and comments have been incorporated
in this report. 
Page 31

Page 32

6. CONCLUSION 
6.1 This SDP is a key document for the Partnership which, when approved,
sets out agreed priorities to be delivered over the next three years, within
the capacity and resources currently available.  Progress will be
monitored on a regular basis and progress on delivery of objectives and
impacts on performance will be reported in the Annual Performance
Report. 
Author of Report: Jeanette Netherwood, Corporate Programme Manager 
Background Papers: 20250327 HSCM Strategic Delivery Plan 2025-28
and Appendix 1 
20250130 North East Route Map for Strategic Change Report
and Appendix 
20230928 Strategic Delivery Plan 2023-26 and Appendix 
20230629 Strategic Transformation Plan Report  
20221124 Strategic Plan 2022-2032 Report and Appendix 
Page 32

Page 33

APPENDIX 1
Page | 1 
|  1  
Health & Social Care  Moray  
Strategic Delivery Plan   202 5   -   2028  
Page 33

Page 34

APPENDIX 1
Page | 2 
Contents
Foreword ..............................................................................................................................................................................................3
1 Introduction .......................................................................................................................................................................................4
2  Moray Health & Social Care Partnership ...................................................................................................................................5
2.1 Joint Strategic Needs Assessment .........................................................................................................................................5
2.2 Establishing Sustainable Models of Care ...............................................................................................................................7
2.3 Relationships and Collaboration ............................................................................................................................................8
3  Key Enablers ....................................................................................................................................................................................9
4  Performance and Governance .........................................................................................................................................................9
5  Strategic Delivery Plan ................................................................................................................................................................... 10
5.1 STRATEGIC THEME - BUILDING RESILIENCE ...................................................................................................................... 11
Objective 1: We focus on prevention and tackling inequality ................................................................................................... 11
Objective 2:  We nurture and are part of communities that care for each other ....................................................................... 12
5.2  STRATEGIC THEME - HOME FIRST ...................................................................................................................................... 17
Objective 3:  We work together to give you the right care in the right place at the right time ................................................... 17
OBJECTIVE 4: We help build communities where people are safe ......................................................................................... 20
5.3  STRATEGIC THEME - PARTNERS IN CARE ......................................................................................................................... 24
Objective 5:  We are an ambitious and effective partnership ................................................................................................... 24
Objective 6:  We are transparent and listen to you .................................................................................................................. 24
5.4  STRATEGIC LEADERSHIP, PLANNING AND PERFORMANCE ............................................................................................ 30 
Page 34

Page 35

APPENDIX 1
Page | 3 
Foreword
As Chair of the Moray Integration Joint Board, I am pleased to present our Strategic Delivery Plan for 2025–2028. This plan
represents our shared commitment to transforming health and social care services in Moray − ensuring they are sustainable,
person-centred, and responsive to the needs of our communities.
The plan sets out how Health & Social Care Moray will deliver on the ambitions of our Strategic Plan, Partners in Care, over the
next three years. It connects strategic objectives with the activity we need to deliver and provides a framework for how we make the
best use of our integrated resources.
It outlines the key areas of work that will help us improve health and wellbeing outcomes for the people of Moray through our focus
on preventing ill-health, reducing health inequalities, promoting independence, and supporting resilient communities.
This is not a static document. It will be reviewed regularly through our Strategic Planning and Commissioning Group to ensure that
actions are progressing, priorities remain relevant, and improvements are made where needed. It will also serve as a key tool in
monitoring how well our Strategic Plan is working in practice.
We are under no illusion about the real and growing pressures on the health and care system. An ageing population, increasing
levels of poor health, workforce challenges, and financial constraints, all mean we must think differently, work differently, and
continue to build on the strength of our partnerships. 
I would like to thank everyone who has contributed to shaping this plan. It is only through collective effort − across our communities,
our workforce, and our partners − that we will succeed. I am confident that, together, we can deliver meaningful, lasting
improvements for the people of Moray. 
Councillor Elaine Kirby
Chair, Moray Integration Joint Board 
Page 35

Page 36

APPENDIX 1
Page | 4 
1 Introduction 
This Strategic Delivery Plan should be read alongside the Moray Health and Social Care Partnership (HSCM) Strategic
Plan which was agreed by the Moray Integration Board (MIJB) in November 2022. This delivery plan sets out the
programme of transformational
and improvement work underway to enable the HSCM to meet its strategic priorities. The Strategic Plan itself is also
supported by the HSCM’s Workforce Plan, Medium Term Financial Strategy and Commissioning and Procurement
Plan. The work of the HSCM also supports, in part, the delivery of Moray Council’s Plan and NHS Grampian’s Plan for
the Future. 
Our key focus continues to be progressing the integration agenda by increasing access to community-based health
and social care services, shifting the balance of care from hospital to more homely settings, and supporting our most
vulnerable citizens. Whilst setting out our vision, which remains “We come together as equal & valued partners in
care to achieve the best health & wellbeing possible for everyone in Moray throughout their lives”. We continue
to deliver on our three strategic themes by setting clear strategic objectives which can lead us to improving outcomes
over the next ten years.      
BUILDING RESILIENCE
HOME FIRST     
PARTNERS IN CARE    
Page 36

Page 37

APPENDIX 1
Page | 5 
2 Moray Health & Social Care Partnership 
Many of the pressures and challenges being faced within Moray are reflected across Scotland.  The joint strategic needs
assessment was updated as part of refreshing and continuingly informing the development of the delivery plan.  There is a
changing dynamic over the last 20 years where the population is becoming healthier and living longer but we appreciate that an
increasing number of people experience the burden of long-term medical conditions. Moray is a large rural area where the average
life expectancy is above the Scottish average. However, due to socio-economic factors and population spread, there are different
rates of life expectancy and healthy life expectancy across Moray. 
2.1 Joint Strategic Needs Assessment
The revised Joint Strategic Needs Assessment was approved by MIJB on 26 September 2024.  The key aspects identified in the
assessment for Health and Social Care Needs in Moray identify the specific challenges and pressures on the health and care
system within Moray, and are set out below:-
Ageing Population 
Moray is projected to have an increasingly ageing population structure. Between 2023 and 2038 it is projected that the number of 5-
17 year-olds in Moray will decline by 19% (-11% for Scotland). Conversely, those aged 85 and over will increase by 63% in Moray
and 47% in Scotland.
Above average limiting long term illnesses 
Approximately 40% of Moray residents live with limiting long term illnesses, above the Scottish average of 36%.    Moray has a
higher prevalence for all diseases when compared to Scotland as a whole, the only exception being COPD.
The prevalence of Dementia 
Within the Moray population has increased from 4.9 per 1,000 population in 2017/18 to 5.6 in 2022/23.  
The prevalence of Depression
In both Moray and Scotland has risen between 2017/18 and 2022/23. 
Page 37

Page 38

APPENDIX 1
Page | 6 
Above average smokers  
In the 2018-2022 aggregate time period, 18% of Moray adults aged 16 years and over were smokers, above the Scottish average
of 13%.
A&E attendances at Dr Gray’s Hospital 
There were 28,402 attendances in 2022/23, an 11.2% increase on the previous financial year and reaching a value above pre-
pandemic levels (in contrast to Aberdeen Royal Infirmary).   High intensity use is greatest in areas of deprivation, and across all age
groups it is associated with issues such as homelessness, being out of work, mental health conditions, drug and alcohol problems,
criminality, and loneliness and social isolation.
Care Homes 
Moray has higher rates of 65-84 year olds than Scotland
Care at Home
A decrease in the number of people supported with care at home provided/funded by Moray Health and Social Care Partnership for
the fourth consecutive year.   Moray’s Care at Home Service recipients have high levels of A&E attendances as a rate per 1,000 at
189.6 (Jan-Mar 2023) compared to 155.6 for Scotland.
Access to GPs
52% report they cannot get a GP appointment within 3 days.
Cancer Screening 
GPs in Moray report that they are seeing and referring more people with cancer symptoms, but less cancer is being diagnosed and
it is being diagnosed later.  This is a concern as there will be increasing 'unfound' cancers, and later diagnosis means less will be
treatable.
Inequalities 
Clear inequalities are present: females in the most deprived areas of Moray have a 3% lower life expectancy than Moray as a
whole; males in the most deprived areas have a 5% lower life expectancy than Moray as a whole. 
Page 38

Page 39

APPENDIX 1
Page | 7 
Fuel Poverty
32% of Moray residents faced fuel poverty, far higher than the overall Scottish figure of 24% over the same period.  Extreme fuel
poverty in Moray (2017-2019) was estimated to be 19%, higher than Scotland’s 12% over the same period.  Cost of Living - almost
40% of Moray households (39%) describe themselves as experiencing problems with meeting housing payments, which ranges
from 42% in Buckie to 33% in Speyside. 15% of Moray households describe themselves as having financial difficulties now, in
comparison to 4% pre COVID. One in five households in Keith were currently experiencing financial difficulties (20%). 
Increasing child poverty
24.1% children (4,228 individuals) were in poverty in 2021/22 in Moray, a rise in percentage from 20.8% in 2014/15 (3896
individuals).
Food insecurity has increased in Moray: in the 2018-2022 period 8% of residents were worried that they would run out of food, up
from 7% in 2017-2021, and 6% in 2016-2019
Veterans - There are two large military bases in Moray: RAF Lossiemouth and Kinloss Barracks, which employ around 4000
people at present.  We also need to consider the health needs of veterans of the armed forces; where the population often differs in
structure to the non-veteran population; usually older and more males than females.
Unsuitable housing 
The Moray HDNA 2022 estimated 2,160 households across Moray (which equates to 5% of the total households in Moray of
43,995) require to move to alternative housing to address housing unsuitability. 
Delayed Discharges
On average, 39 beds were occupied by delayed discharges each day in Moray in the 2022/23 financial year. This is a 34.5%
increase on the 2021/22 value of 29 beds.
2.2 Establishing Sustainable Models of Care
As a partnership, we are cognisant of the financial constraints we, and our partners, are working within.  The existing
available budget does not meet the demand for services being delivered at the current rate, and in order to be sustainable
we will have to make difficult choices and continue with designing services through transformational change where the
person receiving the service remains at the heart of the conversation. The future of Health and Social Care delivery very
much depends on the decisions that will require to be made, as the option to remain as we are is not viable.  
Page 39

Page 40

APPENDIX 1
Page | 8 
Therefore, there is a strengthened focus on prevention and early intervention to promote good, positive physical and
mental health and wellbeing for all people across all ages and client groups. We know 70 to 80% of people with long term
health conditions could manage their conditions themselves with support from informal health systems, and a number of
identified projects will seek to explore the options to maximise every opportunity for informal supports.    
We must continue to work with our communities as we move forward, placing communities at the heart of public health
can reduce health inequalities, engage those most at risk of poor health, empower individual and communities, and build
resilience. That also involves supporting people to enable them to be responsible for their own health, and to work with
health and care professionals to manage existing conditions.   
HSCM is responsible for almost 1,795 staff members employed by NHS Grampian or Moray Council. Not only do we
recognise the tremendous amount of effort and work undertaken each day in Moray to support people in our communities,
but we also recognise the role of ‘communities’ themselves, in supporting the most vulnerable and providing resilience. 
We have to change, we have to deliver differently, we have to focus on what we can support, what we ask people to do and how we
ask communities support us.
2.3 Relationships and Collaboration
Our partner organisations, Moray Council and NHS Grampian are facing similar financial challenges along with our
neighbouring Health and Social Care partnerships in Aberdeen City and Aberdeenshire.  There is agreement that we need
to work together to ensure we maximise every opportunity whilst minimising any negative impact of change across our
whole health and social care systems.  We are committed to sharing best practice and learning from each other and a
Grampian Health and Care Strategic Change Board was established in November 2024.  As the Board develops it will be
responsible for developing and implementing the NHS Grampian’s Route Map for Strategic Change in collaboration
with Integration Joint Boards (IJB), which will be a key document outlining our shared strategic priorities for the future of
health and care across the North East, coupled with the practical steps required to create a sustainable health and care
system.
Page 40

Page 41

APPENDIX 1
Page | 9 
3  Key Enablers
The delivery of the strategic plan is underpinned by key workstreams shown under the theme of Strategic Leadership, Planning
and Performance.  This workstream encompasses the development and implementation of strategies that will set the culture and
standards for HSCM in relation to Finance, Communications, Workforce, Performance and Quality Assurance, Commissioning,
Infrastructure, Digital Health Care and Governance.  These elements combined will form the basis and structure for the delivery of
the specific priorities outlined under the Strategic Objectives and our strategic themes of Building Resilience, Home First and
Partners in Care. 
4  Performance and Governance 
The Strategic Planning and Commissioning Group (SCPG) has responsibility for oversight of the development work
streams arising from the HSCM’s Strategic Delivery Plan and will consider options appraisals and key project
documentation as progress is made.  HSCM Senior Management Team will lead the implementation of the delivery plan
and the definition of SMART objectives, against which progress will be measured.  
Progress of the actions within this delivery plan will be overseen and scrutinised by the Senior Management team and Strategic
Planning and Commissioning group and will be reported to the MIJB on a six monthly basis. An annual review process will provide
the opportunity for the MIJB to review both the progress of the projects during the previous year as well as the focus for the
forthcoming year. In developing this approach, we aim to remain cognisant of prioritising areas of change and transformation that
will enable the delivery of our strategic priorities in an environment which very much requires a flexible approach
The performance reporting framework is being revised and will be implemented for reporting in 2025. To provide
assurance and oversight a high-level summary of performance against the outcomes of the Strategic Delivery Plan will be
reported to the Audit, Performance and Risk (APR) Committee on a quarterly basis.  
Outcomes to be achieved will be set against each project, along with key milestones for delivery, and the performance
indicators that will provide assurance that the required changes and improvements are taking place. 
The Strategic Delivery Plan will be closely aligned with the HSCM Medium Term Finance Strategy (MTFS) and Workforce
Plan, as the three main levers through which we will deliver the HSCM Strategic Plan.   
Page 41

Page 42

APPENDIX 1
Page | 10 
5  Strategic Delivery Plan
As previously described, this Strategic Delivery Plan sits within a wide and complex planning and policy environment
where the HSCM plays a critical role in working collaboratively with partners to deliver on whole system priorities and work
streams, including supporting delivery of the NHS Grampian Plan for the Future and Moray Council Plan. It is therefore
not exhaustive of all areas of HSCM activity where we are a key partner, for example: in delivery of the Moray Children’s
Services Plan to improve the wellbeing of children and young people in line with the GIRFEC (Getting It Right For Every
Child) philosophy; in the initiative Discharge Without Delays, to develop improve the integrated model across the whole-
system for frail older people accessing hospitals; and in developments around population health initiatives to support
prevention and early intervention for all.  
The plan below reflects the key actions being driven by HSCM over the next three years. The Strategic Delivery Plan will
remain a live document to ensure we can be agile and responsive to new or emerging priorities whilst ensuring a focus on
delivery of the HSCM’s own strategic priorities. 
This Strategic Delivery plan provides high level information about each action, links to strategic objective and strategic
themes including a key summary and the priority tasks that will be undertaken. Some of the projects identified will go
beyond the duration of this Strategic Delivery Plan due to their nature and complexity. 
Page 42

Page 43

APPENDIX 1
Page | 11 
5.1 STRATEGIC THEME - BUILDING RESILIENCE 
Objective 1: We focus on prevention and tackling inequality                                                                                                                             
Years 
Key Heading Description Lead 1 2 3 Timescale Outcomes
1 Early
Intervention
and
Prevention
We aim to provide support to the citizens aimed at
improving outcomes and preventing escalating
need or risk            
1.1 LD Health
Checks
Annual Health Checks for
People 16+ with Learning
Disabilities
LD Service
Manager
X  X  Apr-26 Evaluation completed and
learning shared
1.2 Social
Prescribing
To scale up the current test of
change and deliver a social
prescribing model across all
Moray localities
Health
Improvement
Team Leader
X  X  Apr-26 To improve health and well-
being by connecting
individuals to community
resources and activities that
address their social,
emotional and practical
needs. 
To reduce unnecessary
pressure on clinical
healthcare services 
2 Poverty
Strategy   
To work with partners to raise awareness and to
work to reduce the impact of poverty on people’s
health and wellbeing in Moray          
2.1 Contribute to
development of
Contribute to Fairer Moray
Forum in order to develop
Localities
Manager (West)
X     Sep-25 Moray-wide strategy and
action plan in place to tackle
Page 43

Page 44

APPENDIX 1
Page | 12 
Moray wide
poverty
Strategy and
Action Plan
Moray-wide poverty strategy
and action plan.
poverty, and in progress by
March 2025
2.2 Raising
awareness of
the Impact of
Poverty on
health
Develop and deliver training to
front line staff and decision
makers in order to raise
awareness & understanding of
impact of poverty on health and
ability to access health
services/comply with treatment
HI Team Leader X X   Sep-26 Increased number of frontline
staff trained & confident in
speaking about
poverty/referring on for
appropriate support 
Objective 2:  We nurture and are part of communities that care for each other 
Key Heading Description Lead 1 2 3 Timescale Outcomes
3 Supporting
Unpaid Carers   
Continue to work collaboratively with partners to
achieve a support network and deliver high level
services to ensure unpaid carers are supported to
meet their own individual needs and the needs of
the person they care for            
3.1 Unpaid Carers
delivery plan
Implement the actions outlined
in the Unpaid Carers delivery
plan 
Unpaid Carers
Strategy Group  
X  Mar-26 Increased awareness of
unpaid carers with
professionals across health
and social care and within
the community.
3.2 Produce & plan
implementation
of the Unpaid
Carers Strategy
for 2027-2030
Unpaid Carers Strategy for
2027-2030
Review and update Unpaid
Carers Strategy, to determine
the effectiveness of a new
Unpaid Carers
Strategy Group    
X Mar-27 Published strategy 
implementation plan actioned
Page 44

Page 45

APPENDIX 1
Page | 13 
strategy to determine if an
extension and review of the
current strategy is more
beneficial. 
Develop implementation plan
4 Primary Care
Sustainability
Aiming for sustainable General Practices across
Grampian that enables people to stay well in their
communities through the prevention and treatment
of ill health through the VISION aims and objectives
(Hosted Services). 
4.1 Support the
delivery of GP
VISION aims
and objectives
for GPs and
Primary Care
improvement
Plan (PCIP)
across Moray
The VISION is supported by 10
Key themes, with the agreed
initial focus on 5 areas:-
Data; Digital; Multi-Disciplinary
Team; Models of Contracts;
Premises 
To provide support and
guidance to PCIP works-
streams and GP practices
through transformation and
delivery of the key theme
changes 
To provide support and
guidance to GP practice to
safeguard sustainability
Primary Care
Development
Manager 
GP Clinical Lead
X    
Jul-25 
Sept-25 
Ongoing
Ensure delivery Moray PCIP
within budget through
implementation of a Financial
plan 
Workstream service plans for
Moray PCIP reviewed and
updated by Sept 2025 
Page 45

Page 46

APPENDIX 1
Page | 14 
To support the delivery of the
2018 GMS contract and
Memorandum of Understanding
(MOU) for PCIP 
To develop and support
opportunities for flexibility in the
contract 
Mar-26 
Ongoing 
Vision programme
progressing towards aims
and objectives of 2018
contract and MoU and
implementation of the
improvement plan 
5 Mental Health
Services
Intact the Moray Good Mental Health for All
Strategy (2016-2026) and the underpinning Mental
Health Delivery Plan          
5.1 Mental Health -
Early
intervention,
prevention and
self-
management 
Move towards a preventative,
population health model which
promotes and sustains good
mental health and wellbeing.
Mental Health
Services Manager
/ Health
Improvement
Team Leaders /
Mental Health
Strategic Lead
X X   Mar-26 - developed social
connections, tackled
isolation, 
- increased individuals
resilience, 
- strengthened use of
community assets.
5.2 To deliver
services in line
with the Mental
health Quality
Standards;
1:   Access
2:  Assessment
3:  Transitions
4:  Workforce
5:  Governance
& Accountability
A focus on Mental Health
Standard 1:  Access 
Develop mechanisms so
People in Moray have equitable
and non-discriminatory access
to effective and relevant
support for their mental health,
within appropriate timescales.
Mental Health
Services Manager
/Child Health
Commissioner /
Mental Health
Strategic Lead
X X   Oct-26 -  improved responses to
people in distress
-  creation of a shared
understanding of mental
health pathways in Moray
-  increased staff recruitment
and retention
Page 46

Page 47

APPENDIX 1
Page | 15 
6 Collaboration
& Partnership
Working
to enable
people to
manage their
own physical,
social and
mental well-
being 
Our communities and third sector partners provide a
vital and valuable contribution to the levels of
prevention, support and resilience that can be
provided in and across Moray.  This is an area we
need to grow, encourage and nurture in order to
meet increasing demand for low level needs
appropriately.          
increase number of people
being supported by third
sector and community
partners
6.1 Build the
infrastructure
and capacity in
the community
to support
people to self-
manage
Invite third sectors
representation in design of
services and contracts, where
there is an opportunity for
working differently.
All Service
managers /
Commissioning
X     Mar-26 Third Sector representation
in all appropriate service
redesign or contract reviews
6.2 Increase
resilience,
sustainability
and growth of
our own groups
and third and
community led
groups across
Moray
Work alongside our own
groups, and other community
and third sector groups as
capacity allows, to provide
support and equip them with
the tools to enable
independence and
sustainability of groups.
Continue to grow and
strengthen collaborative and
partnership working
opportunities.
Community
Wellbeing
Development
Team
X X   Jun-26 Increased number of resilient
community led groups and
partnerships supporting
mental and physical
wellbeing, prevention and
enablement in Moray
Page 47

Page 48

APPENDIX 1
Page | 16 
7 Children
Service plan
2023-2026
Plan aims to embed Corporate Parenting and
implement the foundations of The Promise for
Children, Young People and families of Moray)          
7.1 Delivery of the
6 improvement
priorities
- Improving Outcomes for
looked after and care
experienced young people
- Tackling child poverty
- Supporting children and
families who experience
challenges due to
disability/neurodiversity
- Keeping children safe
- Improving emotional and
mental wellbeing
- Strengthening family support
Head of Service /
CSWO
X X     delivery of the actions 
improvements in Key
performance measures
identified
8 Provision of a
Sustainable
Locality
Model
Rooted in the principles of
proximity, accessibility, and
community engagement, the
locality model seeks to
enhance the responsiveness,
effectiveness, and relevance. of
health and social care provision
by decentralising services and
fostering strong partnerships at
the neighbourhood level.
Locality
Managers        Sept-25 
Sept-26 
Jun-26  
Locality Plan in place 
Multi-Disciplinary Teams
embedded in all localities 
Communities involved in
monitoring effectiveness of
local service delivery 
Page 48

Page 49

APPENDIX 1
Page | 17 
5.2  STRATEGIC THEME - HOME FIRST     
Objective 3:  We work together to give you the right care in the right place at the right time 
Key Heading Description Lead 1 2 3 Timescale Outcomes
9 Discharge
Without Delay
(DWD)
Discharge without Delay (DWD) is a whole-system
programme for frail older people currently accessing
Scottish hospitals, pulling best practice, individual
services and pathways into an integrated model that
strives to deliver Comprehensive Geriatric
Assessment (CGA) in the timeliest manner, while
ensuring no negative impact from hospital induced
harm or dependency to the person.        
1. Reduce acute geriatric length of
stay (LOS) by >20% by December
2026 
2. Reduce community hospital/
step-down LOS to 20% by
December 2026
3. Reduce total respective HSCP
delayed discharges by >20% by
December 2026 
4. Less 25% of delayed discharges
are in acute hospitals by December
2025 
5. Aim acute hospital geriatric
service and community hospital
occupancy to 90% by December
2026
9.1 Discharge to
Assess (D2A)
& Home First
To discharge people home in a
timely manner to minimise
hospital induced dependency.
With services providing a
responsive community home
care support to enable
discharge without delay.  
Head of Service X     Dec-25 Reduction in delayed
discharges
9.2 Community
Hospital and
Step Down
Rehabilitation
Units
Facilities should be staffed and
empowered to take frail people
required rehabilitation and
more prolonged periods of
assessment, ideally from frailty
units and discharge back to
Professional lead
OT / Team
Manager
(Independent
Living)
X X   Dec-26 “To be” status designed and
action plan developed and
approved 
Changes identified in plan
are implemented
Page 49

Page 50

APPENDIX 1
Page | 18 
communities via agreed PDD
process, both without delay.  Reduction in length of stay 
Avoidance of unnecessary
admissions :-
Reduction in unnecessary
admissions from Emergency
Department, AMAU and CDU 
Number (& %) of people re-
abled through the
D2A/START process within
12 week target
9.3 Frailty at Front
Door
Acute hospitals should deliver
early comprehensive geriatric
assessment (CGA) in specialist
acute frailty units from point of
acute admission. 
Head of Service X     Mar-26 Pathways completed and
communicated 
increase assessments for
support (inc care) undertaken
in the home
9.4 Planned Date
of Discharge
(PDD) process
and Integrated
Discharge
Teams
Acute hospitals should aspire
to single point of referral for
complex discharges with the
process of discharge planning
via MDT proactive advanced
discharge date setting. 
Lead Nurse X X   Dec-26 Increase in % (and number)
of compliant PDD
10 Promotion of
Self Directed
Support (SDS)
Options
Increase the promotion and use of SDS Options
(from baseline) to meet individual needs. 
Increasing choice and control of individual needs
and how their support and care needs are
delivered.        
Quarterly Audits of use of
SDS options (establish
baseline)
Page 50

Page 51

APPENDIX 1
Page | 19 
10.1 Develop SDS
Framework for
options 1, 2 &
3 providers
Develop SDS framework for
option 1, 2 & 3 providers. 
Collaborate with In-Control
Scotland and CCPS to ensure
the model is sustainable and
has longevity taking into
consideration national
developments 
SDS Officer /
Procurement
Officer MC,
Provider Services
Manager
X     Dec-25 Framework for providers
established for SDS options
to promote choice and
control driven by individual
preference opposed to
market availability.  Social
work processes and
assessment align with the
principles of SDS
10.2 Self-evaluation
against
national SDS
framework of
standards to
inform future
requirements
to improve
performance
and delivery
Benchmark local practise
against the national SDS
Framework of Standards (rev.
May 2024) through self-
evaluation against the core
components and practice
statements. 
SDS Steering
Group
X     Aug-25 Utilising the self-evaluation,
identified areas of
improvement are identified
and a robust implementation
can be developed to improve
practise and peoples lived
experience of accessing
SDS.  Internal process will
align with the national vision
for SDS.  Social work
process and assessment and
Commissioning activity aligns
with the principles of SDS. 
10.3 Continue
promotion of
independent
support and
advise for SDS
options
Continue to promote the use of
Moray's Support in the Right
Direction (SiRD) funded
projects to promote
independent support and
advice relating to the options of
SDS (Cornerstone) and
independent SDS Advocacy
(Circles) 
SDS Steering
Group
X X X Mar-28 Individuals have access to
independent support and
advice enabling them to
make informed decisions
around the four options of
SDS.  Individuals have
access to independent SDS
Advocacy to support with
accessing SDS.
Page 51

Page 52

APPENDIX 1
Page | 20 
OBJECTIVE 4: We help build communities where people are safe 
Key Heading Description Lead 1 2 3 Timescale Outcomes
11 Managing
frailty in the
community 
To create the conditions for a
whole system frailty pathway
within Moray encompassing
community approaches to
promoting aging well, and early
identification.        
Reduction in presentation /
readmission rate of frail
patients
11.1 Identification
and assessment
of frailty within
primary care
over 65s
The early identification and
assessment of frailty in primary
care, to support proactive case
management in order to
prevent deterioration and
hospital attendance
GP Strategic
Lead / Moray
Frailty Lead
X X X Jun-27 -  Active engagement with the
public, health and social care
staff and third sector /
community groups to
promote healthy ageing 
-  a proactive integrated
planning and management
approach in place to ensure
best outcomes for the
Individual 
-  maximise the potential for
digital innovation; from a
prevention and early
intervention approach,
through to condition
monitoring and self-
management
12 Protecting
People in
Moray
In the community, we are committed to keeping
people safe, through our Public Protection agenda,
the services supported by the Alcohol and Drug          
Page 52

Page 53

APPENDIX 1
Page | 21 
Partnership (ADP), our Justice Services and
contributing to the community safety agenda,
including the Violence Against Women
Partnership. We will take a trauma-informed
approach across these services.    
12.1 Preventing
Suicide and
Self Harm 
Deliver the
Moray Suicide
Prevention
Action Plan
2025-28 (in draft
pending
approval)
Working in partnership so that
People:
• in distress experience timely,
compassionate and trauma
informed responses.
• who have self-harmed
receive effective treatment
and aftercare
• are prevented from future
suicide attempts and/or self-
harm. 
HSCM Mental
Health Strategic
Group 
Moray Suicide
Prevention
Group
X X X 2028  (SP1) More people in our
communities have a clear
understanding of suicide, risk
factors and its prevention
(SP2) People experiencing
suicidal crisis are kept safe
and their situations do not
further escalate
(SP3) More people are
supported through Distress
Brief Interventions 
12.2 Reducing drug
and alcohol
related harm 
Deliver the
Moray Alcohol &
Drug
Partnership
Strategic
Delivery Plan
2025-28 
(in draft pending
approval)
Working in partnership so that
People:
• who take harmful drugs are
offered evidence-based harm
reduction and advice 
• can access the services they
need to support their
recovery.
remain in treatment for as long
as they need to.
Moray Integrated
Drug and
Alcohol Service
(MIDAS) 
Moray Alcohol &
Drug Partnership
X X X 2028   (ADP1) More people receive
overdose awareness advice
and provision of take-home
naloxone
(ADP2) People wait no more
than three weeks for
specialist drug and alcohol
treatment
(ADP3) More people have
access to Residential
Rehabilitation placements
(ADP4) Fewer people
disengage from specialist
drug and alcohol treatment
Page 53

Page 54

APPENDIX 1
Page | 22 
12.3 Protecting
Children and
Young People 
Deliver
the Moray
Children’s
Services Plan
2023-26 
(Priority -
Keeping
Children &
Young People
Safe)
Working in partnership so that
children and young people:
• are safer because risks have
been identified early and
responded to effectively.
• lives improve with high quality
planning and support
experience sustained loving
and nurturing relationships to
keep them safe from further
harm.
Moray Children
& Families
Social Work and
Community Child
Health Services 
Moray Child
Protection
Committee
X X X 2026  (CPC1) More children and
young people are supported
to develop healthy
relationships with peers,
online and in the community
(CPC2) More children and
young people are protected
from harm because of
improved home
circumstances
(CPC3) Children who have
experienced or witnessed
abuse are supported through
recovery and do not
experience further trauma.
12.4 Protecting
Adults at risk
of harm 
Deliver the
Moray Adult
Support and
Protection Self
Evaluation
Improvement
Action Plan
2024-2026
Working in partnership so that
Adults at risk of harm:
• are safer because risks have
been identified early and
responded to effectively.
• lives improve with high quality
planning and support 
Moray Adult
Social Care
Services 
Moray Adult
Protection
Committee 
X X X 2026  (ASP1) More Adults are
protected from harm due to a
reduction of risk
(ASP2) Adults at risk of harm
report feeling safer because
of their adult support and
protection plan 
(ASP3) Adults at risk of harm
experience improvement to
their health, wellbeing 
and overall quality of life 
12.5 Reduce
reoffending 
Deliver
the Moray
Working in partnership so that:
• People can access the
services they need to
support desistance 
• People have access to
Moray Justice
Social Work
Service 
Moray
X X X 2027  (CJP1) More people
successfully complete their
community payback or drug
testing and treatment orders 
(CJP2) Less homelessness
Page 54

Page 55

APPENDIX 1
Page | 23 
Community
Justice Outcome
Improvement
Plan
2024-27
suitable accommodation
following release from a
prison sentence
People in police custody
receive support to address their
needs
Community
Justice
Partnership
applications are made by
people released from prison
(CJP3) More people are
referred onto support
services by custody centres
12.6 Eradicating
Violence
against Women
& Girls 
Deliver the
Moray Violence
against Women
and Girls
Partnership
Delivery Plan
2025-28
(In draft/pending
approval) 
Working in partnership so that:
• People in Moray are equally
safe and respected
• Survivors of VAWG have
access to trauma-informed
recovery, support and justice.
• Children affected by domestic
abuse are supported to stay
safe and remain in the care of
their non-offending parent
Perpetrators are held to
account and supported to
change their behaviour
Moray Children
& Families and
Justice Social
Work 
Community Child
Health Services 
Moray Violence
against Women
& Girls
Partnership 
X X X 2028   (VAWG 1) More people in
our communities understand
the causes and
consequences of VAWG 
(VAWG 2) Women and
children report feeling safer
as a result of the specialist
support they have received.
(VAWG 3) Fewer children
and young people are placed
in care due to domestic
abuse 
(VAWG 4) More people
successfully complete
specialist perpetrator
interventions  
Page 55

Page 56

APPENDIX 1
Page | 24 
5.3  STRATEGIC THEME - PARTNERS IN CARE     
Objective 5:  We are an ambitious and effective partnership
Objective 6:  We are transparent and listen to you  
Ref Key Heading Description Lead 1 2 3 Timescale Outcomes    
13
Redesigning
Models of Care             
13.1 Community
Hospital Redesign  
Review and redesign model
for community hospitals
using research undertaken in
Moray and learning from
other areas.  Engaging with
stakeholders to consider
options and ultimately
establish the model for
Moray
Head of Service X X X Dec-27 Model for community
hospitals in Moray agreed
13.2 GMED - redesign Through the redesign, the
service will find the balance
between financial pressure,
clinical governance and
patient safety, staff
governance with a focus on
prevention 
Service Manager
- GMED
X     Dec-26 Model of service delivery
agreed and implemented
13.3 Care at Home -
Strategic Review
and redesign of
care at home
service
Strategic review and
redesign of the care at home
service to create options and
capacity within a sustainable
model that will meet future
needs
Service Manager
- Provider
Services
X     Nov-25 Increased capacity for
provision of care at home at a
financially sustainable cost.
Page 56

Page 57

APPENDIX 1
Page | 25 
13.4 Review and
Redesign of Adults
Day Care
services
A full redesign and
modernisation of Adult day
services where individuals
are able to access
sustainable day support,
which is person centred and
meets their agreed
outcomes and aspiration.
Where appropriate day
service will be provided
within their own local
communities, and where this
is not possible the review of
the transportation policy will
provide clarity of what
support will be available.
Service Manager
- Provider
Services
X     Mar-26 Redesign model agreed and
implemented 
Transportation policy revised
and adopted
14 Suitable Housing -
Strategic oversight
of accommodation
requirements 
In collaboration with partners in developing the
Local Housing Strategy (SHIP), work with
people and their families in establishing
tenancies in appropriate accommodation to
prevent inappropriate long-term placement and
breakdown of care.          
14.1 Learning Disability
long term
sustainable
accommodation
In collaboration with partners
supporting people with
learning disabilities and their
families in establishing
tenancies in new supported
accommodation. 
Continuation of LD Housing
Projects in collaboration with
Service Manager
Learning
Disabilities /
Localities
Manager Elgin
X X X ongoing Reduction in the out of area
placements and associated
costs 
Increase in the number of
people with learning
disabilities establishing
tenancies 
Page 57

Page 58

APPENDIX 1
Page | 26 
partners to develop
sustainable accommodation
provision within Moray
14.2 Older People -
provision of
sustainable
supported
accommodation
Local Housing Strategy
Priority 3 
Partnership working
maximises housing role in
improving health and
wellbeing 
Define model for mixed
groups for extra care
Local Housing
Strategy
Steering Group
X     Aug-25 Requirement defined for
incorporating into the Local
Housing Strategy
14.3 Mental health -
provision of
sustainable,
appropriate
supported
accommodation
Assessment of need within
Moray and development of
plan to address need
Local Housing
Strategy
Steering Group
X X   Sep-26 Plan for provision of
supported accommodation 
15
GIRFE Getting it Right For Everyone (GIRFE) will take
a multi-agency approach to health and social
care support and services from young adulthood
to end of life. 
15.1
To embed the
GIRFE toolkit and
principles into the
planning and
delivery of
services.
The promotion of GIRFE to
key Moray stakeholder
groups 
GIRFE lead
officer
X X   Mar-26 GIRFE principles embedded
in service delivery
Page 58

Page 59

APPENDIX 1
Page | 27 
16 Support for long
term conditions   
Support people with long term conditions to stay
well and independent for as long as possible
through a variety of tools and models. 
16.1 Heart of Moray -
Making it easier to
improve our health
and wellbeing.
- Diabetes
Using research from DHI
and working with partners to
develop new range of
services to help people
improve their diet and
lifestyle.  Initial focus to work
with people aged 40 and
under who have type 2
diabetes - Moray Heart, 
with future focus around
Respiratory and Heart
Failure services 
Lead Dietician X X   Sep-26 Improvement in health of
participants in the
programme 
Increased number of
participants accessing the
services
16.2 Initial review of
palliative models of
care for cancer
services in line with
the National
Palliative Care
Framework
Cancer Journey-
Initial review of palliative
cancer services in Moray,
including engagement with
stakeholders, to develop a
model for Moray
Chief Nurse X     Dec-25 Sustainable model of care in
place
Support available to those
who need it
16.3 Establishment of a
Moray Dementia 
Strategy & Moray
Dementia Pathway
in line with
Grampian  and
National dementia
delivery plans.
Dementia-
Establishment of a Moray
Dementia  Strategy and
Moray Dementia Pathway in
line with Grampian  and
National dementia delivery
plans.
Mental Health
Services
Manager
X     Sep-25 Moray Dementia pathway in
place
Page 59

Page 60

APPENDIX 1
Page | 28 
16.4 Embed promotion
of technology
enabled care
(TEC) options
within assessment
process to increase
use and impact of
TEC, supporting
self-management
(i.e. to support
management of
longer-term
conditions)
Technology Enabled Care
Embed promotion of
technology enabled care
(TEC) options within
assessment process to
increase use and impact of
TEC, supporting self-
management (i.e. to support
management of longer-term
conditions)
Digital Lead X X X Mar-28 Increase in use of TEC to
support people to live
independently
17 Moray Growth
Deal -
Researching
sustainable
services
Working with DHI as part of the Moray Growth
Deal to design the sustainable services for the
future that enable people to live as
independently as possible for as long as
possible.  (including Community Connections,
Personal Data Store, Smart Housing) 
Increase ratio of those
supported to live at home,
independently, with
technology enabled care
rather than in person care 
Manage the impact of
demographic growth on care
at home provision via hybrid
approaches to care, such as
social prescribing, as
opposed to in person care
17.1 Partnership
working to support
the research and
development
initiatives led by
DHI
To support the research and
development of the 5 Living
Lab research and design
projects:- 
1.  LL1   Supported Self
Management
DHI / Digital
Health Lead
X     Mar-26 Reduced dependency on
HSCM Services through: 
-  Increased access to
community spaces. 
-  Development of a
Page 60

Page 61

APPENDIX 1
Page | 29 
2.  LL2   Long Term
Condition Management
3.  LL3   Care in Place
4.  LL4   Smart Housing /
Smart Communities
5.  LL5   Mental Wellbeing
community occupational
health pathway 
-  Development of a Personal
Data Store and the
Community Connections
Moray digital platform 
-  Increased access to
SMART housing and remote
monitoring within the
community  
Page 61

Page 62

APPENDIX 1
Page | 30 
5.4  STRATEGIC LEADERSHIP, PLANNING AND
PERFORMANCE 
E
N
A
B
L
E
R
S
E1 Digital Health and
Care
To improve the care and
wellbeing of people in Moray by
making best use of digital
technologies in the design and
delivery of services 
Ensuring we utilise modern
technologies, systems and tools
that assist and empower our
workforce to deliver high quality
services
Digital
Health
Project
Board
X X X   Localisation of the National
Digital Health and Care
Strategy 2021.  
E1.1 Develop Strategy
for Technology
Enabled Care
(TEC)
Implementation of the Analogue
to Digital plan for community
alarms 
Developing and implementing a
strategic approach and
framework for TEC support,
based on evidence, to provide
sustainable options through
collaboration with DHI
Project
Board A2D /
DHI / Team
manager
(OT)
X X   Dec-25 
Mar-26
First phase of transfer
completed by December
2025 
Model of support is in place
and shared widely
Page 62

Page 63

APPENDIX 1
Page | 31 
E1.2 New Social Work
and Social Care
Information
Management
System (SWIMS)
Procure and Implement a new
Information Management
system  for Social Work and
Social Care with the scope to
develop and integrated
information management system
across wider services providing
support to individuals and
families
Head of
Service
/CSWO
X X   Mar-27 Procurement completed
and tender awarded. 
System implemented 
services migrated and
operational  
E1.3 Incorporating new
technologies
Work in collaboration with
partners to explore the
opportunities of Artificial
intelligence for performance of
routine tasks to achieve
efficiencies
Digital lead X X X Ongoing Implementation of use of
artificial intelligence in
various functions to release
capacity for other tasks.  
E2 Strategic
Commissioning 
In collaboration with
stakeholders, develop a
Strategic Commissioning
Strategy and Market position
statement that underpins the
MIJB Strategic Plan
SMT /
Strategic
Planning
and
Commissioni
ng Group
X X X Mar-27 Strategic Framework and
governance approved and
implemented  
E3 Communications Develop and embed a strategy
to inform and engage with all
stakeholders and to include
management of expectations
Corporate
Manager /
SMT
X     Sep-25 Communications Strategy
approved
Page 63

Page 64

APPENDIX 1
Page | 32 
E4 Workforce Ensuring we have a Workforce
that is agile and motivated to
meet the challenges presented
and that is sustainable and safe
with a focus on staff wellbeing. 
Our volunteers provide a vital
and valuable contribution to the
levels of support that can be
provided to our communities. 
This is an area we need to grow
in order to meet needs
appropriately.
SMT X X X Dec-25 
Apr-26 
Apr-27 
Apr-28 
Apr-28
Annual Report (via NHSG) 
Workforce plan
implemented 
Increase in Volunteer
numbers and roles 
Improved retention rates 
Succession Planning
embedded  
E5 Infrastructure Working with partners, review of
occupancy and use of premises
to seek opportunities for
rationalisation or collaboration
with partners, to secure
sustainable and efficient use of
buildings and premises and
establish the Infrastructure plan
for HSCM Moray  
X X X Apr-27 
Dec-27 
Accommodation assessed
as suitable for service
delivery 
Infrastructure plan
developed and adopted  
E6 Performance  and
Quality
Assurance &
Improvement
Frameworks
Develop framework to further
support informed decision
making
Deputy
Head of
Service /
Corporate
Programme
manager
X X   Dec-26 Performance framework
updated and implemented
Quality Assurance
Framework embedded
Page 64

Page 65

APPENDIX 1
Page | 33 
E7 Embed Robust
Governance
systems
With partners develop good
governance protocols based on
up to date policies that support
delivery of efficient, effective and
quality services. 
Streamlining the decision
making structure to enable the
organisation to be agile in
responding to emerging
pressures, whilst also ensuring
learning from Audits and
inspections are actioned and
embedded 
Implementation of learning from
audits and inspections
SMT X
X
X X Ongoing 
Dec-25 
Ongoing
Policy and protocol are
updated and implemented 
Review to streamline
meeting structures and
confirm appropriate
delegation completed and
implemented. 
Positive inspection and
audit reports received  
E8 Finance Develop and monitor the
Financial Recovery Plan that will
enable the delivery of the
Strategic Plan objectives whilst
maintaining Financial
Sustainability.
Chief
Finance
Officer
X X X ongoing Budget savings plan
approved and delivered 
Medium term financial plan
approved by MIJB 
Page 65

Page 66

Page 66

Page 67

REPORT TO: MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD ON 29 MAY 2025 
SUBJECT: MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD STRATEGIC RISK
REGISTER 
BY:  CHIEF OFFICER 
1. REASON FOR REPORT 
1.1 To provide the Board with a comprehensive overview of the strategic risks
currently facing the organisation. This includes Risk Identification, Risk
Assessment and Mitigating Actions, aligned with the Strategic Plan. The
report aims to support informed decision-making by the Board, enhance
strategic planning and reinforce the commitment to effective risk management
and governance. 
1.2 To present to the Board the Risk Appetite Statement, included within the
updated Risk Register, developed with members at the development session
on 31 October 2024. 
2. RECOMMENDATION 
2.1 It is recommended that the Board: 
i) note the continued development of the Moray Integration Joint
Board (MIJB) Risk Register; 
ii) consider the updated Strategic Risk Register (Appendix 1) and
assess the adequacy of the mitigating controls identified; and 
iii) approve the new format of the register. 
3. BACKGROUND  
3.1 The Strategic Risk Register is reviewed regularly by the Senior Management
Team as part of a robust risk monitoring framework, to identify, assess and
prioritise risks related to the delivery of services in relation to delegated
functions, particularly any which are likely to affect the delivery of the Strategic
Plan. 
Item 9.
Page 67

Page 68

3.2 The MIJB Strategic Risk Register is attached to this report at Appendix 1 and
sets out the risks being faced by the MIJB, together with a current assessment
on the level of the risks and mitigating actions being taken to reduce the
impact of the risks.   
3.3 Risk scores are weighted, based on assessment according to their likelihood
and corresponding impact, as per Section 5 of the MIJB Risk Policy.   
3.4 As agreed at Audit, Performance and Risk Committee 26 October 2023 (para
8 of the minute refers), amendment was approved to report on the Strategic
Risk Register from quarterly to biannually unless any significant change is
required to be informed to committee. 
4. KEY MATTERS RELEVANT TO RECOMMENDATION 
4.1 The Risk Management Framework review was completed, and the outcome
was approved by the Board on 25 June 2020 (para 9 of the minute refers).
The approved Risk Appetite Statements have been included in Appendix 1. 
4.2 The updated Strategic Risk Register reflects the comprehensive review and
updates risks identified during the hybrid development session with Board
members in October 2024. This session facilitated a collaborative approach to
risk identification and assessment, ensuring that the register is robust and
aligned with the current strategic priorities of the Board and operational
realities of Health and Social Care Moray (HSCM). 
4.3 Board members agreed a Risk Appetite Statement to support the Strategic
Risk Register. The approved Risk Appetite Statements, included in Appendix
1, provide a structured approach to understanding and managing the levels of
risk the Board is willing to accept in pursuit of its strategic objectives. These
statements guide decision-making and risk mitigation strategies, balancing
innovation and transformation with the need for regulatory compliance and
service continuity. 
4.4 The financial position of the Board poses significant complexity to service
planning. The updated risk register highlights the financial pressures
experienced by funding partners and their potential impact on strategic
planning and decision-making. The MIJB must operate within the resources
allocated by partner bodies, and it is essential to set a balanced budget at the
start of each financial year. The risk register includes detailed assessments
and mitigations to address these financial challenges. 
4.5 The workforce strategy is critical to maintaining the quality of paid and unpaid
Health and Social Care. The risk register identifies potential risks related to
workforce strategy delivery, including recruitment difficulties, staffing
instability, and the need for significant organisational transformation.
Mitigations and current controls are outlined to address these challenges and
ensure the sustainability of the workforce. 
4.6 Effective governance and compliance with legislative and regulatory
requirements are paramount. The risk register includes risks related to
governance functionality, stakeholder engagement, and compliance with
Page 68

Page 69

statutory obligations. Mitigations and assurances are provided to ensure
robust governance structures and processes are in place. 
4.7 The Board’s strategic aspirations must be sufficiently transformative to deliver
sustainable outcomes for people. The risk register addresses the challenges
of maintaining service delivery, including resource constraints, system
pressures, and the need for service redesign. Mitigations focus on aligning
financial decisions with strategic goals and implementing proactive risk
strategies. 
4.8 The Board must exert influence on services delegated but hosted within
another organisation. The risk register includes risks related to systemic
support service failures and resource allocation limitations. Mitigations involve
collaborative approaches with partner organisations and regular oversight by
the Board. 
5. SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS 
(a) Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement
Plan (LOIP)) and Moray Integration Joint Board Strategic Plan
“Partners in Care 2022-2032”
The MIJB requires effective governance arrangements for those services
and functions delegated to it and Risk Management systems are integral
to this. 
(b) Policy and Legal
As set out in the terms of reference, the Board has responsibility to
provide assurance of the adequacy of the risk management framework. 
There are no legal implications arising from this report.  
(c) Financial implications
There are no direct financial implications arising from this report however
the Board should note the failure to manage risks effectively could have
a financial impact for the MIJB. 
(d) Risk Implications and Mitigation
This report forms part of the governance arrangements for identifying
and managing strategic risks of the MIJB.  The risks are outlined in the
body of the report in section 4. 
(e) Staffing Implications
There are no additional staffing implications arising from this report.   
(f) Property
There are no property implications arising from this report. 
(g) Equalities/Socio Economic Impact
An Equalities Impact Assessment is not required because there are no
service, policy or organisational changes being proposed. However,
Impact Assessments will be core to any decision making process. 
(h) Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts
Page 69

Page 70

There are no impacts arising from this report. 
(i) Directions
None arising from this report. 
(j) Consultations
Consultation on this report has taken place with the Board members,
Chief Finance Officer and Senior Management Team. 
6. CONCLUSION 
6.1 The updated Strategic Risk Register provides a comprehensive
overview of the current risks faced by the MIJB, along with detailed
assessments and mitigation strategies. This update reflects the
collaborative efforts of Board members and the Senior Management
Team, ensuring alignment with strategic priorities and operational
realities. 
6.2 The Board is asked to consider and approve the updated register,
reinforcing the commitment to effective risk management and
governance.     
Author of Report:  Sonya Duncan, Corporate Manager
Background Papers:   held by HSCM
Ref: 
Page 70

Page 71

RISK SUMMARY – May 2025         APPENDIX 1
Risk Assessment Table – Multiply likelihood score by impact score to determine the risk rating (score). 
Risk
No
Risk Risk Owner Current
Risk Rating
Last
Reviewed
Position
Change
1 There is a risk that the MIJB does not function as set out within the
Integration Scheme, Strategic Plan and in-line with its Governance
Framework and fails to deliver its objectives or expected outcomes.
Chief
Officer Contributor:
Senior Leadership
Team
Medium  
2 The MIJB must operate within the resources allocated to it by the
partner bodies and it is good financial practice to set a balanced
budget at the start of each financial year. There is a risk that
Financial pressures being experienced by the funding partners will
directly impact the MIJB’s strategic planning of services and its
decision-making 
Chief
Officer    Contributor:
Chief Finance Officer/
Heads of Service/ Chief
Nurse
Very High  
3 There is a risk that the MIJB’s workforce strategy is not delivered,
affecting the quality of paid and unpaid Health & Social Care.
Chief
Officer Contributor:
Heads of Service/ Chief
Nurse
High  
4 There is a risk that the MIJB is unable to operate effectively as a
Public Body.
Chief
Officer Contributor:
Corporate Manager/
Chief Finance Officer
Medium  
5 There is a risk that the MIJB does not comply with the necessary
legislative and regulatory requirements in which it operates.
Chief
Officer Contributor:
Senior Leadership
Team
High  
6 There is a risk that the MIJB’s strategic aspirations are not
sufficiently transformative and as a result, that it is unable to deliver
outcomes for people in a sustainable way.
Chief
Officer Contributor:
Senior Leadership
Team
High  
Page 71

Page 72

7 There is a risk that the MIJB is unable to exert influence on services
delegated but hosted within another organisation.
Chief
Officer Contributor:
Heads of Service
High  
Page 72

Page 73

Risk 1: There is a risk that the MIJB does not function as set out within the Integration
Scheme, Strategic Plan and in-line with its Governance Framework and fails to deliver its
objectives or expected outcomes. 
Consequence: Legal and Regulatory Implications, Reputational Damage,
Loss of  Stakeholder Trust, Resource Challenges, Service Disruption,
Failure to deliver Health Outcomes 
Risk Rating:  
Medium
Risk Appetite: Moderate-High Risk Movement:
Rationale for
Risk Appetite
as reflected by
MIJB in Appendix
2:
• Strategic Priorities require innovative approaches to integration that may
involve governance development
• Outcomes depend on our ability to make timely decisions through efficient
governance structures
• The board recognises that complete risk aversion would prevent
necessary transformation of services
• A Moderate appetite allows for controlled governance exploration while
maintaining core statutory compliance
Rationale for
Risk Rating:
MIJB is committed to maintaining  appropriate standards of care and
governance through:
• Proactive regulatory compliance
• Robust operational policies
• Adaptive approach to emerging healthcare challenges 
MIJB will only accept regulatory risks after:
• Thorough consultation with regulatory bodies
• Comprehensive risk assessment
• Development of clear mitigation strategies
• Ensuring minimal potential for service disruption 
Risk scoring before
mitigations/controls Mitigations / Current controls in place Risk scoring after
mitigations/controls      
4 5 20 1. Integration Scheme is in place, reviewed ***
2. Consultation with legal representative for all
reports to committees and attendance at
committee for key reports.
3. Induction sessions are held for any new MIJB
members. Conduct and Standards training held
for MIJB Members in June 2022 and February
2024 provided by Legal Services.
4. Programme of Development Sessions held
throughout the year with all MIJB members and
2 3 6
Untreated
Likelihood
Untreated
Impact
Untreated
Score
Current
Likelihood
Current
Impact
Current
Score
Page 73

Page 74

Assurances: Audit, Performance and Risk Committee provides quarterly scrutiny of
governance compliance with minutes to the Board.
Internal Audit conducts reviews with formal recommendations and monitoring to
APR
Budget Savings Oversight Group monitors financial governance monthly with
escalation pathways to SMT and MIJB.
Service Reporting to Board for strategic decisions and updates.
The Moray Transformation Board and Strategic Planning and Commissioning
Group provides oversight of planned business across HSCM.
Budget Savings Oversight Group on monthly basis.
Monthly Tri-partite partnership performance meetings with partner CEOs,
Finance Directors and Chair/Vice Chair of MIJB
Care Inspectorate assessment of services, including governance impact on
service delivery.
Annual governance statement for external audit.
Gaps in
Assurance:
The new strategic delivery plan will incorporate the work being taken forward
across all areas of the MIJB’s Strategic Plan priorities. 
Mapping of the recently delegated services will take place to ensure the statutory
governance requirements and those of MIJB are robust.
Current
Performance:
The Scheme of Administration is reported when any changes are required.  
The Governance Framework was approved by MIJB on 28 January 2021. 
Re-appointment of Standards Officer agreed by MIJB 28 March 2024.
Members Handbook updated and circulated to 100% of members in June 2022.
Quarterly performance to APR including benchmarking and targets.
All committees submitted required reports on schedule in 2024/25
100% of new members received induction on appointment
Standards training was delivered to all members in **** 2024
Development sessions: 5 planned for 2025/26, 2 completed to date, with another
scheduled for April 2025. 
Further Controls Required Further
Controls
Owner 
Full integration of Childrens, Families and Justice services to be
realised
CSWO 3/4/25
Ongoing development of the Strategic Delivery plan – draft presented to
MIJB March 2025.
CO 20/5/25
Review of MIJB Members Handbook Required Corporate
Manager
31/10/25
MIJB Scheme of Integration Legal
Advisor
31/12/25
Officers
5. Regular Senior Management Team (SMT) and
Operational Management Team (OMT)
meetings to provide direction and support to
managers and teams, with agreed focus and
priorities aligned to the Strategic Delivery Plan
6. Regular updates via OMT on Audit Plans 
Target
Date
Page 74

Page 75

Page 75

Page 76

Risk 2: The MIJB must operate within the resources allocated to it by the partner bodies
and it is good financial practice to set a balanced budget at the start of each financial year.
There is a risk that Financial pressures being experienced by the funding partners will
directly impact the MIJB’s strategic planning of services and its decision-making 
Consequence: Inability to deliver strategic priorities, potential statutory
service cuts. Reduced service capacity, financial instability, compromised
care delivery
Risk Rating: Very
High
Risk Appetite: Moderate (as per Appendix 2)  Risk Movement: 
Historical Risk Rating:  February 2025
Rationale for
Risk Appetite
(as detailed in
Appendix 2)
• Willing to accept moderate financial risks in pursuit of strategic objectives
• Conservative approach to core budget management
• Higher tolerance for innovative projects with clear benefits
• Low tolerance for financial decisions that could threaten long-term
sustainability
Rationale for
Risk Rating:
The Board’s financial risk management approach emphasises:
• Absolute commitment to financial sustainability
• Minimising wherever possible risk to essential service delivery
• Protecting vulnerable persons using services
Financial risks will only be tolerated when:
• A comprehensive business case demonstrates clear, measureable benefits
(i.e. spend to save initiatives)
• The initiative directly supports long-term health and social care
sustainability
• Robust risk mitigation strategies are in place
• Stakeholder consultation ensures transparency and collective
understanding
• Willing to accept moderate financial risks in pursuit of strategic objectives
• Conservative approach to core budget management
• Higher tolerance for innovative projects with clear benefits
• Low tolerance for financial decisions that could threaten long-term
sustainability
Unprecedented financial pressures on public sector funding:
• Challenging economic environment
• Rapidly increasing service demand 
Strategic financial principles and prioritisation:
• Sustainable Financial Planning
• Develop robust, realistic financial plans
• Align budgets with long term sustainability
• Focus on highest and best value initiatives
• Align financial decisions with strategic goals 
Comprehensive Risk Mitigation:
• Implement proactive financial risk strategies
• Protect critical service delivery
Page 76

Page 77

Stakeholder Engagement:
• Transparent financial communication
• Collaborative decision making processes
• MIJB Board Members Development Sessions
Assurances: Quarterly Budget monitoring reporting to APR and MIJB
Financial Reporting through MIJB, NHS Grampian and Moray Council
The Project Management Office will support the Financial Recovery Savings
presented as part of the budget setting for 2025/26.
Financial Development Sessions with MIJB members.
Internal Audit quarterly reporting to APR 
External Audits presented to MIJB/ Committees as appropriate.
Six weekly Tri-partite partnership performance meetings with partner CEOs,
Finance Directors and regular meetings with the Chair/Vice Chair of MIJB
Gaps in
Assurance:
Senior Management Team (SMT) is working to identify capacity within the
current workforce to support the planning, consultation and implementation
required to deliver the financial savings.
Many of the identified benefits may improve system processes or potentially
improve outcomes but do not realise actual cash savings.
Increased financial pressure due to partial funding of rising costs of Employer
National Insurance Contributions. 
Regular reporting on MIJB Strategic Delivery Plan.
Current
Performance:
The Revenue Budget Outturn for 2025/26 was presented with a balanced
budget and agreed by MIJB on 27 March 2025
A Financial Savings Plan for 2025/26 was agreed by MIJB on 27 March 2025.
Comments: 
Further Controls Required Further Controls
Owner
Target
Date
MIJB to receive final Strategic Delivery Plan May 2025. CO May 2025
APR committee to receive biannual updates on Strategic Delivery
Plan September 2025
CO September
2025
Review
Date
Review Notes / Decisions   
Managing the risk - Current controls in place   
5 5 25 1. Medium Term Financial Framework (MTFF) approved by
MIJB on 30th March 2025.
2. Additional resource to support services a Programme
Management Office agreed until September 2025.
3. Tri-partite partnership performance meetings with partner
CEOs, Finance Directors and Chair/Vice Chair of MIJB.
4. Operational financial monitoring undertaken by Chief
Finance Officer (CFO), Heads of Service (HOS) and
Budget Managers.
5. Budget Savings Oversight Group chaired by Chief Officer,
attended by HOS, CFO and Service Managers as
appropriate.
6. Review of MIJB Strategic Delivery Plan ensuring all
projects are aligned with savings plans.
4 5 20
Untreated
Likelihood
Untreated
Impact
Untreated
Score
Current
Likelihood
Current Impact
Current Score
Page 77

Page 78

Risk 3: There is a risk that the MIJB’s workforce strategy is not delivered impacting the
quality of paid and unpaid Health & Social Care.
Consequence: 
Service disruption and reduced capacity, Increased Workload and staff
burnout, Significant Financial impact, Deteriorating Staff and Unpaid
Carers Morale and Engagement, Compromised Patient Safety and Care
Quality, Negative Public Perception and Reputation Damage
Risk Rating:
High
Risk Appetite: Moderate (as per Appendix 2) Risk Movement:
-
Historical Risk Rating: -  
Rationale for
Risk Appetite
(as detailed in
Appendix 2)
MIJB will only accept minimal risk to service users, unpaid carers or staff when
the comparative risk of doing nothing is higher than the risk of intervention. 
Safety risks inherent in Health and Social care services demand exceptional
management and clinical care standards. The Board recognises that:
• Individual safety is paramount
• Person-centred care involves supporting informed decision-making, which
may introduce nuanced risk scenarios
A balanced approach is critical, considering both individual and community
safety risks
Rationale for
Risk Rating:
Recruitment Difficulties:
• Persistent challenges in recruiting skilled professionals in critical areas:
o Allied Health Professions
o Social Work
o Dental Services
Pandemic-Induced Complications:
• Reduced graduate numbers due to Covid-19 disruptions
• Ongoing strain on partnership resources across frontline and support
functions
• Staffing Instability
• High proportion of fixed term and seconded contracts due to financial
constraints
• Potential workforce instability as temporary contracts conclude
• Need for significant organisational transformation
• High proportion of an aging workforce by NHSG and MC is increasing with
more staff opting to retire early or requests for reduced working hours.
Geographical and Structural Barriers:
• Lack of suitable housing for healthcare professionals in Moray
• Challenges in Care Homes recruitment and retention
Strategic Workforce Transformation:
• Capacity constraints in delivering financial recovery initiatives
• Potential requirement for internal role allocation
• Alignment needed between workforce strategy and financial sustainability
National Context:
• Ongoing GP sustainability challenges 
Managing the risk - Current controls in place   
Untreated
Likelihood
Untreated
Impact
Untreated
Score
Current
Likelihood
Current Impact
Current Score
Page 78

Page 79

Assurances: • Operational oversight by Moray Workforce Forum.
• The HSCM Response Group continues to focus on leadership around
emerging issues and resolving them, including staffing.  
Gaps in
Assurance:
• Further capacity will be required to develop and implement workforce plans
to reflect updated delivery plans to reflect the financial savings required.
• Due to the various scrutiny of vacancies, there continues to be a delay in
recruitment processes often taking in excess of 8 weeks, which causes
additional pressure on staff and service delivery.
• There is often a lack of suitable applicants for various posts, which affects
the ability to appoint to some roles.
• Work is required to develop and include support to the large workforce of
unpaid carers within Moray as outlined in the Carers Strategy
Current
Performance:
Due to ongoing financial position all vacancies are considered by the Resource
Management Group (RMG) before being considered for external
advertisement.
Comments: Staffing issues are monitored by the Operational Management Team (OMT)
working collaboratively to seek opportunities to make jobs more attractive
where it has proven difficult to recruit in the past.  There is the risk that staff
move from one position to another within HSCM, as in unintended
consequence creating a vacancy elsewhere in the system. This needs to be
considered when fixed term contracts and secondments are planned;
consideration needs to be given to the whole of HSCM and not services in
isolation. Many of our staff may have transferrable skills and experience.
5 5 25 1. Management structure currently under review.
2. Moray Council are aware of the housing issues and are
conducting an assessment of needs, including people
working in the Health and Care sector.
3. Staff wellbeing is a key focus and there are many
initiatives across both parent organisations offering
information, support and access to activities.
4. Collaborative approaches with educational institutions e.g.
intakes and programmes for future workforce
development.
5. Professional Development and retention programmes;
Incentives have been secured to attract additional NHS
dentists and dental practices to Moray. The Scottish
Dental Access Initiative includes Moray, with grants of
£50,000 and above available to allow dental practices to
be established or extended– provided there is a seven-
year commitment to providing NHS treatment. A
recruitment and retention bonus is also being offered to
eligible new dentists in Moray
6. GP sustainability Group and Primary Care Vison for the
Future Groups now progressing across Grampian.
7. iMatter reports are used to develop actions plans for
teams.
3 4 12
Page 79

Page 80

Further Controls Required Further
Controls
Owner
Target Date   
Review
Date
Review Notes / Decisions   
Page 80

Page 81

Risk 4:  Inability to demonstrate effective governance and effective communication and
engagement with stakeholders.
Consequence: 
Suboptimal outcomes for people, Erosion of organisational trust and
credibility, Increased legal and regulatory compliance risks
Workforce demotivation and disengagement, missed strategic
opportunities and collaborative potential, reduced organisational
responsiveness and adaptability
Risk Rating:
Medium
Risk Appetite: Low-Moderate (as per Appendix 2)  Risk Movement: 
Historical Risk Rating: - 
Rationale for
Risk Appetite
(as detailed in
Appendix 2)
The Board acknowledges the critical importance of:
• Robust stakeholder relationships
• Effective collaboration and co-production
• Adaptive partnership working
• Recognising diverse stakeholder capacities and readiness for change 
Strategic principles guiding stakeholder engagement:
• Maintaining constructive, transparent relationships
• Balancing organisational objectives with collaborative dynamics
• Ensuring inclusive and meaningful engagement processes
• Protecting long-term partnership sustainability
Continous Improvement in communication processes
Rationale for
Risk Rating:
Comprehensive Governance and Engagement Challenges: 
Stakeholder Feedback and Engagement Gaps
• Potential weaknesses in: 
o Communication clarity issues
o Engagement process inefficiencies
o Unclear outcome expectations
o Perceived disconnect between organisational intentions and practical
implementation
o Cost of living and digital exclusion are potentially additional barriers
for engagement
Governance and Communication Structural Challenges
• Potential weaknesses in: 
o Interdepartmental communication channels – staff communications
across two different parent organisations
o Stakeholder consultation mechanisms
o Transparent reporting and accountability processes
o Strategic alignment communication
Collaborative Partnership Dynamics
o Varied stakeholder readiness and capacity for change
o Potential misalignment of expectations
o Complex interdependencies across different organisational contexts
Risk of Disengagement
• Inadequate communication may lead to: 
o Reduced stakeholder trust
o Diminished collaborative potential
Page 81

Page 82

Increased resistance to organisational initiatives
Assurances: • Oversight and scrutiny by Clinical and Care Governance Committee, Audit
Performance and Risk Committee and MIJB
• Strategic Planning & Commissing Group (SPCG)
• MIJB Audit, Performance and Risk Committee
• 3rd Sector and Stakeholder Representatives on MIJB and committees
• Local Outcome Improvement Plan (LOIP).
• Community Planning
• ADP
• Locality Reporting to MIJB
• Primary Care Visioning Patient Stakeholder Group (check with Robert)
• Summary reports of MIJB submitted to Moray Council and NHSG
committees
Gaps in
Assurance:
• MIJB to consider Young Persons representatives in 2025
• Seek to improve the level of engagement across Moray
• Communication and Engagement Strategy was approved in 2019 and
requires updating.
• More systematic approach to stakeholder consultation required.
• Establish a more robust process for youth representation
Current
Performance:
• SPCG meets quarterly
• Locality Plans are being reviewed alongside the revision of the strategic
delivery plan
• LOIP plans linked to MIJB Strategic Plan
• Annual Performance Report for 2023/24 published in September 2024.
• Community engagement in place for key projects areas such as Forres,
Keith and Lossiemouth with information made available to stakeholders and
the wider public via HSCM website.
Comments: • A communication cell is now established as part of the Local Resilience   
Managing the risk - Current controls in place   
• Strategic Planning & Commissioning Group (SPCG) now
operational to support locality engagement.
• Continued working with Community Planning colleagues
to oversee the development of locality planning.
• Commencement of a Grampian Joint Strategic Needs
Assessment Group, including participation from
community groups.
• Engagement with diverse groups across Moray e.g.
Alcohol & Drug Partnership, School Nurses, Moray
Maternity (check name)
• Continued development of HSCM/MIJB webpages and
Facebook
• ‘Planning with People’ principles adopted as per
Healthcare Improvement Scotland (HIS)   
Untreated
Likelihood
Untreated
Impact
Untreated
Score
Current
Likelihood
Current Impact
Current Score
Page 82

Page 83

Partnership response with representation from Emergency Services,
Councils, HSCP and NHSG.   This forum provides assurance that
messages to all stakeholders are consistent.  
• Early conversations are planned to discuss a Grampian partnership
communications group to ensure consistent messaging regards service
redesign and changes, ensuring a consistent message to all citizens of
Grampian, in particular for area wide changes.
Further Controls Required Further
Controls
Owner
Target Date
Update Communication and Engagement Strategy
Improve Stakeholder Consultation  
Review
Date
Review Notes / Decisions   
Page 83

Page 84

Risk 5: There is a risk that the MIJB does not comply with the necessary legislative and
regulatory requirements in which it operates.
Consequence: 
Significant service disruption and operational instability, critical resource
allocation challenges, substantial financial and operational strain, 
increased vulnerability for citizens and staff, potential compromise of
statutory Category One Response obligations,  reduced organisational
resilience
Risk Rating:
High
Risk Appetite: Moderate (as per Appendix 2)  Risk Movement: 
Historical Risk Rating:  
Rationale for
Risk Appetite
(as detailed in
Appendix 2)
The MIJB has minimal tolerance of harm happening to people as a result of its
actions, recognising the need to balance the risk of doing nothing and the risk
of action or intervention. 
The Moray Integration Joint Board (MIJB) recognises the statutory obligations
under the Civil Contingencies Act 2004, including Category 1 Responder
responsibilities (since March 2021) 
Rationale for
Risk Rating:
Performance Indicators:
There are a variety of performance standards set both by national and
regulatory bodies as well as those determined locally and there are a range of
factors which may impact on service performance against these. Poor
performance will in turn impact both on the outcomes for service users and on
the reputation of the MIJB/partnership. Given current situation with increased
demand and staffing pressures there might be times that the likelihood of
services not meeting standards is possible. 
Critical performance standards are monitored across regulatory, national and
local frameworks to ensure service quality and statutory compliance. Some of
the key risk areas include:
1. Service Delivery
2. Quality Metrics
3. Resource Management 
4. Equality and Impact Assessments
5. Civil Contingencies Category 1 Responder status   
Managing the risk - Current controls in place   
5 5 25 1. NHS Grampian Resilience Standards Action Plan
approved (3 year). New standards are being drafted by
Scottish Government and these are expected in 2025 and
will replace the current standards.
2. Continuous emergency preparedness awareness with
partners under GLRP – including exercises and debriefs.
3. Learning from Inspection Reports, Adverse Events,
Complaints – actions plans and performance measures
monitored by OMT with oversight by SMT.
4. HSCM Civil Contingencies group review specific risks and
4 3 12
Untreated
Likelihood
Untreated
Impact
Untreated
Score
Current
Likelihood
Current Impact
Current Score
Page 84

Page 85

Assurances: • Quarterly reporting to Clinical and Care Governance and Audit, Performance
and Risk Committees
• Annual Performance Report – published September 2024
• Chief Social Work Officers Report
• Internal and External Audits
• Senior Management Meetings fortnightly
• Joint meeting of MIJB Chief Officer with two Partner Body Chief Executives.
• Annual report on MIJB activity developed and reported to Moray Council and
NHSG
• All Inspection reports reported to APR Committee with action plans
developed and monitored
Gaps in
Assurance:
Due to current financial constraints – staffing/oversight
Business Continuity (BC) Planning – work is underway to ensure HSCM has a
register of all plans and timescales – to be monitored by OMT and escalations
to SMT.
MIJB does not have an emergency planner or subject matter expert.
Current
Performance:
Critical inpatient facilities have BC plans.
Annual Performance Report for 2023/24 was approved by the MIJB on the 30
November 2024
The ‘Care for People’ strategic document was approved by HSCM SLT and
CMT and presented to MIJB in September 2023. A further delivery response
plan was presented to MIJB in November 2023.  The strategic document is
currently under review.
Senior Managers on the SMoC rota have and continue to be encouraged to
undertake ‘Strategic Leadership in a Crisis’ training since 2020.
All Category One Responder duties covered by Corporate Manager.
Comments: Restructure of HSCM to mitigate the governance risk of services not meeting
standards and adequate service delivery
The replacement of the Care First database is crucial to the development of an
improved PARD process.
The Manchester Arena and Grenfell Inquiry has resulted in a focus on Category
1 responders’ responsibilities, together with an increase of additional
policies/procedures to be developed, implemented and exercised with no
additional resource. MIJB does not have a subject matter expert.
Further Controls Required Further
Controls
Owner
Target Date
Transformation of On Call to ensure sufficient cover of all services – in
progress.
Heads of
Service
30/6/25
Business Continuity Planning Corporate
Manager
October
2025
Review
Date
Review Notes / Decisions
Risk 6:  There is a risk that the MIJB’s strategic aspirations are not transformative and as a
result, we are unable to deliver outcomes for people in a sustainable way.
action plans to mitigate, developing plans and testing
arrangements in partnership with NHSG and Council. 
5. Annual review of internal resilience and emergency
processes with Senior Managers on Call.
Page 85

Page 86

Consequence: Persistent health inequalities, erosion of public trust and
organisational reputation, potential legal challenges, significant
reputational damage to MIJB, potential long-term negative impacts on
community health outcomes, reduced effectiveness of healthcare
resource allocation 
Risk Rating:
High
Risk Appetite: Moderate (as per Appendix 2)  Risk Movement: 
Historical Risk Rating:  
Rationale for
Risk Appetite
(as detailed in
Appendix 2)
The Moray Integration Joint Board (MIJB) faces significant challenges in
maintaining service delivery across its delegated services from NHS Grampian
and Moray Council. These challenges stem from three key areas:
Resource Constraints Budgetary pressures are leading to reduced staffing
resources, affecting service delivery capacity and quality. This situation
requires careful management to maintain essential services while operating
within financial constraints.
System Pressures The healthcare system continues to experience significant
strain from high levels of unplanned admissions and delayed discharges. While
teams across the care pathway are working collaboratively to address these
issues, the complexity of the situation, combined with limited community care
availability, makes sustainable improvement challenging.
Service Redesign The financial recovery plan necessitates fundamental
service redesign to deliver outcomes more efficiently. While the aim is to
enhance service quality through these changes, public expectations may need
to adjust to align with what is deliverable within budget constraints. This
requires careful management of both service transformation and stakeholder
expectations. 
The Moray Integration Joint Board (MIJB) is committed to:
• Maintaining exemplary standards of governance
• Balancing innovative approaches with robust regulatory compliance
• Proactively managing emerging risks in a dynamic healthcare landscape
• Prioritisation of Moray’s unique community needs 
Regulatory risks will only be considered with: 
1. Comprehensive consultation with relevant regulatory bodies
2. Clearly defined and documented defensible risk mitigation strategies
3. Transparent decision-making processes
4. Thorough impact assessments 
MIJB will only take regulatory risks knowingly, following consultation with the
relevant regulatory body and where we have clear risk mitigation in place. 
Potential impacts to the wide range of services in NHS Grampian and Moray
Council commissioned by the MIJB arising from reductions in available staff
resources as budgetary constraints impact.
Unplanned admissions and delayed discharges place additional cost and
capacity burdens on the service.  
The level of delayed discharges has remained challenging, reflecting the
sustained pressure in the system and the lack of availability of care in the
Page 86

Page 87

community.  There are sustained focussed and collective efforts by all those
working in the pathway.  However, this is a complex area and will require
continued effort to realise reductions and maintain them.   
The financial recovery plan will require some service redesign to meet
outcomes in alternative ways. It is hoped that this will always provide an
improved service but it must be recognised that public expectations may differ
to what can be delivered within budget. 
The Moray Integration Joint Board (MIJB) faces significant challenges in
maintaining service delivery across its commissioned services from NHS
Grampian and Moray Council. 
Rationale for
Risk Rating:
Contributing Factors:
• Systemic resource constraints across internal and external services
• Complex regulatory environment
• Increasing expectations from external inspection bodies
• Rapid evolution of healthcare delivery models
• Predicted demographic changes
• Financial Challenges, including cost of living
• Increasing demand and staffing challenges are likely to impact
transformational projects and plans 
Mitigating Strategies:
• Regular compliance audits
• Continuous staff training on regulatory requirements
• Robust documentation and decision-making frameworks
• Proactive engagement with regulatory bodies
• Risk reassessment 
Resources are stretched thin across all services, both internal and external,
which may result in the inability to meet expected standards despite the best
efforts of everyone involved. 
Managing the risk - Current controls in place   
1. Clinical and Care Governance (CCG) Committee. Clinical
Risk Management and Practice Governance group has
oversight of their respective professional standards and
links into Clinical and Care Governance Group, which
escalates to CCG Committee as necessary.
2. High and Very High operational health service risks are
reviewed by HSCM Clinical Risk Management (CRM)
Group and also NHS Grampian CRM Group.
3. Annual Performance Reports
4. Internal and External Audit
5. Internal/External Inspection reports are scrutinised by
appropriate operational groups and by exception to SLT
for subsequent reporting to CCG or APR Committee as
appropriate. 
6. Care Home Collaborative Support Group meets to   
Untreated
Likelihood
Untreated
Impact
Untreated
Score
Current
Likelihood
Current Impact
Current Score
Page 87

Page 88

Assurances: Audit, Performance and Risk and Clinical and Care Governance Sub-
Committees oversight and scrutiny.
The Clinical and Care Governance Framework was refreshed and presented to
CCG Committee in November 2023.
Gaps in
Assurance:
Process for highlighting recurring themes or strategic expectations from
external inspections requires further development to ensure Committee has
sight of significant issues.
Current
Performance:
External inspection reports are scrutinised and actions arising are allocated to
responsible officers.
A summary of inspections is included in the Annual Performance report.  
Risk Management session delivered for managers in HSCM in September
2023, by the NHSG Risk Advisor.
Work is ongoing to update the Strategic Delivery Plan, reflecting the impacts of
the ongoing financial challenges.
Comments: No major concerns identified for HSCM services in any audits or inspections
during 2023/24.
Learning points from Healthcare Improvement Scotland of Dr Gray’s Hospital
shared across nursing services in Moray.
An inspection of Childrens Services commenced in August 2023, the final report
was presented to the board and a Service Improvement plan commenced and
reported to APR on a quarterly cycle.
The current financial pressures will impact HSCM’s ability to deliver on the
priorities set out in the strategic plan and requires a level of transformation to
match this.
Further Controls Required Further
Controls
Owner
Target Date   
Review
Date
Review Notes / Decisions   
oversee and manage risks in care homes.
7. Children and Adult Protection services report to their
respective committees.
8. Governance Structure and Process (Senior Leadership
Team meetings, Operational Team Meetings, Daily
Huddles)
Page 88

Page 89

Risk 7: There is a risk that the MIJB is unable to exert influence on services delegated but
hosted within another organisation.
Consequence: Legal challenge from Moray citizens and staff, potential
intervention or censure from Scottish Government, systemic service
failures, particularly in areas such as IT, Human Resources, Legal and
compliance services
Risk Rating:
High
Risk Appetite: Moderate (as per Appendix 2)  Risk Movement: 
Historical Risk Rating:  
Rationale for
Risk Appetite
(as detailed in
Appendix 2)
Extremely low tolerance for:
• Systemic support service failures
• Potential compromise of organisational effectiveness
• Risk of legal and regulatory non-compliance
• Diminished service delivery capacity 
Low tolerance in relation to not meeting requirements.
Rationale for
Risk Rating:
Parent organizations experiencing: 
• Significant financial constraints
• Staffing challenges
• Potential resource allocation limitations 
The projected overspend in hosted services sits within each MIJB and HSCM is
one of the partners who can influence decisions.
Assurances: These largely come from the systems, process and procedures put in place by
NHS Grampian, which are still being operated, along with any new processes
which are put in place by the lead MIJB. 
North East System Wide Transformation Group (Officers only) led by the 4 pan-
Grampian chief executives. The aim of the group is to develop real top-level
leadership to drive forward the change agenda, especially relating to the
delegated hospital-based services.
Both the CEO group and the Chairs & Vice Chairs group meet quarterly. The
meetings are evenly staggered between groups, giving some six weeks
between them, allowing progressive work / iterative work to be timely between
the forums.  The Portfolio approach and wider system approach demonstrates
closer joint working across the 3 Health and Social Care Partnerships and the
Acute Sector.
Gaps in
Assurance:
Ongoing implementation of internal audit recommendations. 
Managing the risk - Current controls in place   
5 4 20 1. Chief Officer regularly meets with Chief Officers of
Aberdeen City Health and Social Care Partnership and
Aberdeenshire Health and Social Care Partnership.
2. Significant changes to service delivery are discussed
across all three HSCP’s
3. Agreement that proposals regards significant service
changes are presented to all three MIJB’s for approval.
4. Internal Audit of MIJB Hosted Services
3 5 15
Untreated
Likelihood
Untreated
Impact
Untreated
Score
Current
Likelihood
Current Impact
Current Score
Page 89

Page 90

Current
Performance:
Officers are currently implementing the recommendations from the Audit on
Hosted Services.
Standardised service templates have been implemented and sent to all hosted
services and information is being gathered in preparation to presenting
proposals to the Chief Officers, MIJB’s and NHS Grampian.
Comments: 
Further Controls Required Further
Controls
Owner
Target Date   
Review
Date
Review Notes / Decisions    
Page 90

Page 91

MIJB Risk Appetite Statement
The Moray MIJB recognizes that effective risk management is fundamental to achieving its
strategic objectives in delivering integrated health and social care services. This statement defines
the level and type of risk the MIJB is willing to accept in pursuit of achieving the outcomes defined
in the strategic plan, Partners in Care 2022-2032.
Moray MIJB adopts a balanced approach to risk-taking, acknowledging that transformation,
innovation and service improvement often require managed risk-taking while ensuring the safety
and wellbeing of its staff and the public remains paramount.
Strategic Risk: MODERATE-HIGH
• Higher appetite for strategic initiatives supporting integration
• Willingness to innovate in service delivery
• Acceptance of calculated risks in pursuit of transformation
• Support for pilot projects with clear business case and evaluation criteria 
At this appetite level, the board is willing to accept some uncertainty in governance processes
where:
- Clear oversight mechanisms remain in place
- Core statutory obligations continue to be met
- Potential benefits to service delivery are significant
- Learning opportunities from governance adjustments can be captured 
Financial Risk: MODERATE
• Willing to accept moderate financial risks in pursuit of strategic objectives
• Conservative approach to core budget management
• Higher tolerance for innovative projects with clear benefits
• Low tolerance for financial decisions that could threaten long-term sustainability 
Clinical Safety Risk: LOW
• Minimal appetite for risks affecting patient/service user safety
• Strong controls and monitoring required for all clinical activities
• Zero tolerance for non-compliance with clinical governance standards
• Comprehensive risk assessments required for any service changes
• 
Operational Risk: MODERATE
• Moderate tolerance for operational changes that improve efficiency
• Willing to consider new service delivery models
• Acceptance of short-term disruption for long-term benefits
• Regular monitoring and review of operational changes 
Reputational Risk: LOW-MODERATE
• Conservative approach to actions that could damage public trust
• Proactive stakeholder engagement in major decisions
• Low tolerance for activities that could undermine partnership working
• Emphasis on transparent decision-making
Page 91

Page 92

Workforce Risk: MODERATE
• Moderate appetite for workforce development initiatives
• Innovation in recruitment and retention strategies
• Support for new ways of working
• Low tolerance for risks affecting staff wellbeing 
Risk Governance
• Regular review of risk appetite by the MIJB Board
• Clear escalation procedures for risks exceeding appetite levels
• Integration of risk appetite into decision-making processes
• Regular reporting on risk profile against appetite 
Implementation
• Risk appetite to be considered in all significant decisions
• Regular training for staff on risk management
• Clear communication of risk appetite across the organization
• Annual review and update of risk appetite statement 
Monitoring and Review
• Bi-annual review of risk register against appetite levels
• Annual review of risk appetite statement
• Regular reporting to Audit and Risk Committee
• Adjustment of appetite levels based on changing context 
This statement will be reviewed annually and updated as required to reflect changes in the
operating environment and strategic priorities. 
Page 92

Page 93

Likelihood – What is the likelihood of the risk occurring? Assess using the criteria below. 
Rare 
(1) 
Unlikely 
(2) 
Possible 
(3) 
Likely 
(4) 
Almost Certain 
(5) 
Don’t believe this event
would happen
Will only happen in
exceptional
circumstances
Not expected to happen
but definite potential
exists
Unlikely to occur
May occur occasionally
Has happened before
on occasions
Reasonable chance of
occurring
Strong possibility that
this could occur
Likely to occur 
This is expected to
occur frequently/ in
most circumstances
more likely to occur
than not   
Impact – What could happen if the risk occurred?  Assess for each category and use the highest score identified.  
The impact scale is from an organisational level perspective.  It reflects the key areas that if impacted could prevent the organisation achieving its
priorities and objectives.  The scale is a guide and cannot cover every type of impact therefore judgement is required. 
Category  Negligible 
(1) 
Minor 
(2) 
Moderate 
(3) 
Major 
(4) 
Extreme 
(5) 
Patient or Service
user Experience 
Reduced quality
patient
experience/clinical
outcome not
directly related to
delivery of clinical
care  
Unsatisfactory patient
experience/clinical
outcome directly
related to care
provision – readily
resolvable 
Unsatisfactory patient
experience/ clinical
outcome, short term
effects – expect
recovery less than 1wk  
Unsatisfactory patient
experience /clinical
outcome, long term
effects - expect
recovery over more
than 1week 
Unsatisfactory 
patient
experience/clinical
outcome, continued
ongoing long term
effects 
Objectives/ Project 
Barely noticeable
reduction in
scope/quality/
schedule  
Minor reduction in
scope/quality/schedule 
Reduction in
scope/quality/project
objectives or schedule 
Significant project
overrun 
Inability to meet
project/corporate
objectives, reputation
of organisation
seriously damaged 
Injury /illness
(physical and
psychological) to
Adverse event
leading to minor
injury not
Minor injury or illness,
first aid treatment
required 
Agency reportable, e.g.
Police (violent and
aggressive acts) 
Major injuries/long term
incapacity /disability
(e.g. loss of limb),
Incident leading to
death(s) or major
permanent incapacity
Page 93

Page 94

patient/service
user/visitor/staff/carer 
requiring first aid    Significant injury
requiring medical
treatment and/or
counselling 
requiring, medical
treatment and/or
counselling 
Complaints/Claims 
Locally resolved
verbal complaint 
Justified written
complaint peripheral
to clinical care 
Justified complaint
involving lack of
appropriate care 
Claim above excess
level.  Multiple justified
complaints 
Multiple claims or
single major claim
Complex Justified
complaint 
Service/ Business
Interruption 
Interruption in a
service which
does not impact
on the delivery of
patient care or the
ability to continue 
to provide service 
Short term disruption
to service with minor
impact on patient
care/service 
provision 
Some disruption in
service with
unacceptable impact 
on patient care 
Temporary loss of
ability to provide 
Service. 
Sustained loss of
service which has
serious impact on
delivery of patient care
resulting in major
contingency plans 
being invoked 
Permanent loss of 
core service/ facility 
Disruption to facility
leading to significant 
“knock on” effect -- 
to function 
Staffing and 
Competence 
Short term low
staffing level
temporarily
reduces service
quality (less than
1 day) 
Short term low
staffing level (>1
day), where there
is no disruption to
patient care 
Ongoing low staffing
level reduces service
quality 
Minor error due to lack
of/ ineffective training/
implementation of 
training 
Late delivery of key
objective/service /care
due to lack of staff 
Moderate error due to
lack of/  ineffective
training /
implementation of
training 
Ongoing problems with
staffing levels  
Uncertain delivery of
key
objective/service/care 
due to lack of staff 
Major error due to lack
of/  ineffective training /
implementation of
training 
Non-delivery of key
objective/
service/care due to
lack of staff.  
Loss of key staff
Critical error due to
lack of/  ineffective 
training/
implementation of
training  
Financial (including 
Damage/Loss/Theft/ 
Fraud  
Negligible
organisational/
personal financial
loss up to £1k 
Minor organisational/
personal financial 
loss of £1-10K 
Significant
organisational/personal 
financial loss of £10-
100k
Major
organisational/personal 
financial loss of £100k-
1m)
Severe
organisational
financial loss of more
than £1m 
Page 94

Page 95

Inspection/ 
Audit
Small number of
recommendations
which focus on
minor quality
improvement
issues 
Recommendations
made which can be
addressed by low
level of management
action
Challenging
recommendations that
can be addressed with
appropriate action plan 
Improvement Notice 
Enforcement/prohibition
action 
Low Rating 
Critical report 
Prosecution  
Zero rating 
Severely critical
report  
Adverse Publicity/ 
Reputation 
Rumours, no
media coverage 
Little effect on
staff morale 
Local media coverage
– short term. Some
public embarrassment 
Minor effect on staff
morale/public attitudes 
Local media – long
term adverse publicity  
Significant effect on
staff morale/public
perception of the
organisation 
National media adverse
publicity less than 3
days 
Public confidence in the
organisation
undermined 
Use of services
affected 
National/International
media/ adverse
publicity, more than
3 days 
MSP/MP/SEHD
concern (Questions
in Parliament) 
Court 
Enforcement/Public 
Enquiry/FAI 
Risk Scoring Consequences/Impact
Likelihood Negligible Minor Moderate Major Extreme
Almost Certain Medium High High V High V High
Likely Medium Medium High High V High
Possible Low Medium Medium High High
Unlikely Low Medium Medium Medium High
Rare Low Low Low Medium Medium 
Review Timescales – When a risk rating has been assigned the criteria below should be used to assess the review timescales.   
Very High or High  Requires monthly monitoring and updates. 
Medium  Requires quarterly monitoring and updates. 
Low  Requires 6 monthly monitoring and updates. 
Page 95

Page 96

Page 96

Page 97

REPORT TO: MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD ON 29 MAY 2025
SUBJECT:         MORAY ADULT MENTAL HEALTH STRATEGIC GROUP
PROGRESS REPORT
BY: DEPUTY HEAD OF SERVICE AND CONSULTANT IN PUBLIC
HEALTH
1. REASON FOR REPORT
1.1 To provide the Board with assurance on progress towards delivery of the Moray
Mental Health and Wellbeing Strategy 2016 - 2026. 
2. RECOMMENDATION
2.1 It is recommended that the Board:
i) note the progress towards achievement of the Moray Mental Health
and Wellbeing Strategy 2016 – 2026;
ii) endorse the updated Moray Mental Health and Wellbeing Strategy
Delivery Plan 2024 – 2026 (Appendix 1); and
iii) discuss and endorse the Moray Mental Health and Wellbeing
Strategic Performance Framework (Appendix 3).
3. BACKGROUND
3.1 At the MIJB Development Session on 26 October 2023, discussion took place
regarding the Moray Mental Health and Wellbeing Strategy and associated
Moray mental health pathways. A report was subsequently submitted to the
Board on 28 March 2024 describing the mapping work that was due to take
place with regard to Moray Mental Health Services (para 10 of minute refers). A
further, more detailed, report was requested.
3.2 Three Moray Adult Mental Health Service development sessions then took
place, the detail from which formed the basis of a report which was presented
to the Board on the 26 September 2024 (para 13 of minute refers). The report
included a Delivery Plan which would underpin the work required to progress
the Moray Mental Health and Wellbeing Strategy 2016 – 2026. The MIJB
approved all recommendations and requested six monthly progress reports.
Item 10.
Page 97

Page 98

3.3 The Moray Adult Mental Health Strategic Group subsequently met on a monthly
basis to facilitate progress of the Delivery Plan. All key stakeholders have
engaged to ensure a whole system approach is taken, with a focus from early
intervention and prevention through to secondary Care.   
3.4 The chairpersons of the Moray Adult Mental Health and Wellbeing Strategic
group are members of the Grampian Cross System Strategic Delivery Team
(CSSDT) and the Grampian Mental Health and Learning Disability Board
(MHLD Board) thus ensuring good governance and a synergy of the work
taking place in Moray with that of Grampian and nationally.  
3.5 Scotland is currently facing a growing mental health crisis, with challenges
including rising demand for services, increased complexity of cases, and
persistent inequalities in access and support. While there is a focus on
developing and expanding services, significant workforce challenges, and
funding shortfalls continue to hinder progress. Many of these challenges are
amplified in Moray due to the rural nature of many of our communities,
difficulties in the recruitment and retention of staff, and access to specialist
tertiary services.
3.6 The Moray Adult Mental Health and Wellbeing Strategic group aim to ensure
that the collective voice of lived and living experience influences the way that
we design services and responses to address the challenges facing individuals
and families affected by mental health in Moray. The group work closely with
Moray Wellbeing Hub, Making Recovery Real Partnership and tsiMoray to
achieve this; for example, the involvement of lived experience in service
development, commissioning, implementation and evaluation of the recently
commissioned SAMH projects. 
4. KEY MATTERS RELEVANT TO RECOMMENDATION
4.1 The Moray Mental Health and Wellbeing Delivery Plan 2024 – 2026 is included
in Appendix 1. The Delivery Plan is laid out in 6 sections:
• Early intervention, prevention and self-management
• Mental Health Quality Standard 1: Access
• Mental Health Quality Standard 2: Assessment, Care Planning, Treatment
& Support Mental Health Quality Standard 3: Moving between and out of
services
• Mental Health Quality Standard 4: Workforce
• Mental Health Quality Standard 5: Governance & accountability
4.2 The Delivery Plan has evolved over the past 6 months with some of the original
desired outcomes being merged and a small number of additional desired
outcomes being added. The Delivery plan includes some brief comments on
progress. Examples of this include:
• Increase in community/third sector provision through the utilisation of the
Community Mental Health Funding
• Increase in public awareness and practitioner knowledge of suicide
prevention through a wide range of community/capacity building events
• Adaptation of the role of the community based Mental Health and
Wellbeing Practitioners to better align with the Primary Care pathway
Page 98

Page 99

• Broadening the spectrum of referral routes into the SAMH Distress Brief
Intervention and Intensive Support projects to strengthen the ‘no wrong
door’ approach
• The establishment of a daily huddle for all Moray secondary care mental
health services which aligns with wider Moray and Grampian huddles thus
allowing escalation and offers of assistance as required
Progress on some key areas has been outlined in greater detail in Appendix 2.
4.3 The Moray Mental Health Strategic Performance Framework, included in
Appendix 3, has been developed to sit alongside the Moray Mental Health and
Wellbeing Delivery Plan 2024 – 2026. Data on key performance indictors is
being collated, bench-marked and referenced against the mental health and
wellbeing standards. The performance framework will provide the Moray Adult
Mental Health Strategic group and the Board with longitudinal performance
data, both quantitative and qualitative, to demonstrate outcomes and impact.
Case studies and personal stories will form part of this framework and will
articulate the progress and challenges from an individual/patient perspective.
4.4 The principles underpinning Getting it Right for Everyone (GIRFE) emphasise a
person-centred approach, focusing on individual needs and experiences. This
includes ensuring individuals have information to make decisions, are listened
to and understood, and treated with dignity and respect. We aim to embed
these principles across all mental health services and policies to ensure a
consistent and holistic approach to mental health support. All newly
commissioned services will be required to reference how they will adhere to the
GIRFE principles, and all new or updated policies will link to GIRFE.  An
example of this in practice is the change in delivery of the Healthpoint service to
oversee the delivery of a Moray wide social prescribing model at the centre of
which is the GIRFE community connector role.
4.5 Health and Social Care Moray and NHS Grampian staff continue to work
closely with the Mental Welfare Commission, Health Improvement Scotland,
and other national organisations to improve practice through specific case
reviews, shared reflection, and inspections of wider service provision. Updates
are reported periodically to Moray Adult Mental Health Strategic Group to
ensure the learning informs discussions and service design. 
4.6 The alignment of Children’s Services and Adults Services mental health
strategic planning and delivery is essential. Within Moray there is currently a
Children’s Mental Health and Wellbeing Partnership and there is the Moray
Mental Health and Wellbeing Strategic Group. There is a degree of cross
representation between both groups to ensure shared planning however, there
remains the medium term vision for there to be a single strategic group for
children and adult mental health services in Moray. 
4.7 There remain significant challenges in delivering the Moray Mental Health and
Wellbeing Strategy 2016 – 2026 due to:
• Financial pressures
• Recruitment and retention of staff in public, private and third sector
• Capacity to lead the changes required whilst sustaining management and
delivery of clinical services
• Availability of good quality and timely dataPage 99

Page 100

• Supporting increased and meaningful inclusion of lived and living
experience for service design and delivery 
Work has begun to overcome these challenges by ensuring: 
• Strong leadership at all levels
• Having a clear vision and delivery plan for mental health services in
Moray
• Working closely with third sector and community partners
• Developing an evidence based, and trauma informed approach
• Supporting staff wellbeing and development
• Good communication and engagement with public and staff   
5. SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS 
(a) Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes
Improvement Plan (LOIP)) and Moray Integration Joint
Board Strategic Plan “Partners in Care 2022 – 2032”
The approach set out in this report is consistent with the MIJB Strategic
Plan. 
(b) Policy and Legal
There are no implications for policy or legal. 
(c) Financial implications 
None at present; however, delivery of the plan may require some
reprioritisation or shifting of resource. 
(d) Risk Implications and Mitigation
Risks are recorded on the Health and Social Care Moray Risk Register;
actions plans are in place and are routinely monitored. 
(e) Staffing Implications         
None arising directly from this report. 
(f) Property
There are no implications on property provision. 
(g) Equalities/Socio Economic Impact
None arising directly from this report. 
(h) Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts
None arising directly from this report. 
(i) Directions
None arising from this report. 
(j) Consultations
The following people were consulted during the writing of this report:
Elidh Brown – Partnership Development Lead, tsiMoray
Sean Coady, Head of Service, Health and Social Care Moray
Bruce Davidson – Clinical Lead and Consultant Psychiatrist in Adult
Mental Health and Addictions  Page 100

Page 101

Lynne Clark - Service Manager, Moray Mental Health and Drug and
Alcohol Services
Tracy Grant – Service Manager, SAMH
Justin Jansen – ADP Coordinator, Moray Alcohol and Drug Partnership
Emma Johnston – Public Protection Lead Officer, Moray Public
Protection Team
Corrine Lackie, Lead Nurse, Mental Health and Substance Misuse
Service, Moray
Robert Lockhart – GP Clinical Lead for Moray
Karim Mahmoud – Innovation Lead, DHI
Lindsay Nelson – Improvement Officer Mental Wellbeing, Children’s
Services Partnership
Kirsteen Pyett – Social Work Team Manager, Mental Health 
Liz Russell - Trauma Informed Practice Development Officer, Children &
Families and Criminal Justice Social Work
Bridget Stone - Consultant Practitioner Adults with Incapacity and Mental
Health Lead
Heidi Tweedie – Champion and Director, Moray Wellbeing Hub
Chris Wiles – Consultant Clinical Psychologist, CAMHS
Tracie Wills – Senior Commissioning Officer
Lizette Van Zyl – Service Manager, Policy Development and
Commissioning 
6. CONCLUSION 
6.1 The Board are asked to note the updated Mental Health Service Delivery
Plan 2024-26 and note the Moray Mental Health and Wellbeing Strategy
Outcomes Framework. 
Author of Report:   Iain Macdonald: Deputy Head of Service 
Elizabeth Robinson: Consultant in Public Health 
Background Papers: 
1. Good Mental Health for all in Moray 2016-2026  
2. 20240530 FINAL General Adult Mental Health Secondary Care Pathway
Review Report (cmis.uk.com)
3. Mental health and wellbeing strategy - gov.scot (www.gov.scot)
4. Mental health and wellbeing strategy: delivery plan 2023-2025 - gov.scot
(www.gov.scot)
5. Core Mental Health Quality Standards (www.gov.scot)
6. Mental health and wellbeing in primary care services: planning guidance
7. Resources for Mental Health and Wellbeing in Primary Care Services
(www.gov.scot)
8. Primary care - mental health and wellbeing: outcomes and measures -
gov.scot (www.gov.scot)
9. Mental Health and Wellbeing in Primary Care Services Logic Model
10. Report of the Short Life working group for Mental Health in Primary Care Page 101

Page 102

11. Audit Scotland Report into Adult Mental Health 2023 
12. Scottish_Recovery_Network_Strategic_Plan_202124.pdf 
13. Partners in Care - Strategic Plan for Health and Social Care, Moray (2022-
2023) and the associated Strategic Delivery Plan Document.ashx
(cmis.uk.com).
14. Creating Hope Together: suicide prevention strategy 2022 to 2032 
Page 102

Page 103

APPENDIX 1 
1  
Appendix 1: 
Moray Mental Health Strategy Delivery Plan 
This delivery plan reflects the Moray Good Mental Health for All Strategy (2016-2026)i, and relevant national strategies and guidance
documents, including ‘Scotland's Mental Health and Wellbeing Strategy 2023’ii which aims to:
• Promote positive mental health and wellbeing for the whole population, improving understanding and tackling stigma, inequality and
discrimination
• Prevent mental health issues occurring or escalating and tackle underlying causes, adversities and inequalities wherever possible
• Provide mental health and wellbeing support and care, ensuring people and communities can access the right information, skills,
services and opportunities in the right place at the right time to meet their needs.
The Delivery Plan is presented under the following headings:
• Early intervention, prevention and self management
• Mental Health Quality Standard 1: Access
• Mental Health Quality Standard 2: Assessment, Care Planning, Treatment & Support
• Mental Health Quality Standard 3: Moving between and out of services
• Mental Health Quality Standard 4: Workforce
• Mental Health Quality Standard 5: Governance & accountability
This plan purely focusses on adult services at present; the medium term ambition is to merge the strategic planning processes for child and adult
mental health services so that we see children as being clearly embedded within families and communities, enable seamless transitions from
child to adult services (at whatever age and stage they occur) and can take a holistic approach to prevention of poor mental health.
Throughout implementation of the plan we aim to embed the principles of prevention of poor mental health, and the Scottish Recovery Network
which are to:
Page 103

Page 104

APPENDIX 1 
2  
• Take a whole person approach 
• Champion and value lived experience by integrating it into all parts of the system 
• Embed peer support approaches and roles in mental health services and supports 
• Offer more community-based supports and choices so everyone can be supported when and where they need it 
• Work with others to create a more equal society where good mental health and wellbeing can flourishiii 
Section 1: Early intervention, prevention and self management: 
Underlying this section is the necessity of a move towards a preventative, population health model which promotes and sustains good mental
health and wellbeing.
Strategic Outcomes: 
• Communities, families and individuals are better equipped to support and protect people’s mental health and wellbeing and provide
opportunities to connect with others.
• More effective cross-policy action is in place to address the wide ranging factors that impact people’s mental health and wellbeing
Outcome Actions Lead Timescale Progress
Underlying determinants of
good mental health are
tackled, including financial
inclusion, nurturing early
years, healthy environments,
active citizenship and
participation and wellbeing
of diverse communities. 
Work with Community Planning Partners to
ensure cross policy actions that more
effectively address the wide ranging social,
economic and environmental factors that
impact people’s mental health and
wellbeing, including poverty, stigma,
discrimination and injustice. 
CiPH  Dec 25 This work is taking place via
the Community Planning
Partnership, Community
Planning Officers Group,
GIRFEC Leadership Group,
Fairer Moray Forum
Page 104

Page 105

APPENDIX 1 
3  
Positive attitudes to mental
health and to people with
mental illness are promoted;
we have raised awareness of
mental health issues,
reduced stigma and
discrimination and promoted
inclusion, including better
access to mainstream
services. 
Work with CPP and other anchor
organisations to adopt a ‘mental health in
all policies approach.’ 
Continue to tackle mental health stigma and
ensure people can talk about their mental
health and wellbeing, linking with See Me as
appropriate.
• Clear outcomes eg have worked
with a minimum of 2 workplaces in
each locality in Moray to implement
mentally healthy Workplace
policies.
• The voice of lived experience has
contributed to promotion of
positive mental health within
workplaces. 
HITL 
MRRP
March 26 
We have promoted mental
health, wellbeing and
resilience through work; and
addressed employability
issues, including for those
affected by mental ill health. 
Ensure that Employability Action Plan
includes positive approaches to mental
health & wellbeing.
EP 
HITL
Oct 25 Health Improvement Team
Lead is now the
representative of the Moray
Mental Health Strategic
Group on the Employability
partnership.
We have developed social
connections, tackled
isolation, built resilience,
strengthened use of
community assets, including
social prescribing,
Roll out of social prescribing across Moray,
building on existing Link Worker/
community connector roles
Work with partners including Moray
Wellbeing Hub to support the development
of community hubs and building of
community connections 
HITL  Sep 25 Forres & Lossiemouth Social
Prescribing model is now well
established (1215 referral
within Forres & 1013 within
Lossiemouth Dec 24).
Model is in the process of
being introduced in all Moray
Locality areas. 
Page 105

Page 106

APPENDIX 1 
4  
strengthening self care and
peer support 
We have promoted holistic
health for people with long
term conditions, promoting
recovery approaches and
social inclusion 
Review and Recommission:
1. Intensive Support Service – a high
level support and recovery outreach
service
2. Distress Brief Intervention Service –
direct access self referral or via
Health and Wellbeing Practitioners
– for short term practical support
for people not requiring secondary
care 
DHoS 
MRRP 
MADP 
Coordinator 
Jan 25 Both services have now been
commissioned for 4 years
with potential for 2 further 12
month extensions
1. Intensive Recovery
Service – SAMH
2. Distress Brief
Intervention  – SAMH
Contract monitoring is now in
place, with quarterly
reporting to the Mental
Health Strategic Group.
We have improved
responses to people in
distress – both from services
and the wider community,
including action to prevent
suicide and better support
people who self harm. 
People experiencing crisis
are kept safe and their
situations do not further
escalate 
Continue to commission Distress Brief
Interventions – time limited and supported
problem solving contact with people in
distress for up to 14 days. 
DHoS 
MRRP 
PPLO
Dec 24  Distress Brief Intervention
Service has been
commissioned as per item
above. 
Trauma is recognised,
responded to appropriately
Ensure that all staff, operational and senior
management, are trained in trauma-
DHoS
TIPDO
Sept 25 NHS Turas trauma informed
practice training modules are
Page 106

Page 107

APPENDIX 1 
5  
and prevented where
possible. 
informed practice in line with Quality
Standards.
being shared with the Moray
Council Clive platform.
47 Council/HSCM teams are
being supported by Trauma
Informed Practice
Development Officer. Current
processes and procedures  are
being reviewed to highlight
good practice and areas which
require further training. 
Page 107

Page 108

APPENDIX 1 
6  
Mental Health Quality Standard 1: Access: People in Moray have equitable and non discriminatory access to effective and
relevant support for their mental health, within appropriate timescales. 
Outcome Actions Lead Timescale Progress
People can access the person-
centered support they require.
Regardless of where contact is first
made, patients will be supported to
get the right help from the right
source. 
We will have maximised the
potential for digital innovation,
tackling digital exclusion and literacy
where it exists. 
Patients are able to easily access &
understand information about who
services are for, what is provided
and how they can be referred to
these. Staff feel more
knowledgeable about other services
in local area and how to link
patients in to them. 
Develop an integrated mental health and
wellbeing pathway, from community and
self help, support for distress and crisis
through to complex, severe and enduring
and including a focus on recovery. This
will include a business case for dynamic
direct access assessment,  easily accessi-
ble information about supports available
and an effective method of (patient
held?) information sharing between dif-
ferent services. 
DHoS  Sep 25 Currently building on work that was
developed through Alcohol and
Drug services and the
commissioning of the Arrows
Service to promote ‘no wrong door’
approach. 
Facilitated session planned with
Primary and Secondary Care.   
Page 108

Page 109

APPENDIX 1 
7  
Mental Health Quality Standard 2: Assessment, Care Planning, Treatment & Support: 
People with mental health conditions, including those with co-existing health conditions, experience improved quality and length of life, free
from stigma and discrimination
Mental health policies, support, care and treatment are better informed and shaped by people with lived experience of mental health issues and
staff practitioners, with a focus on high quality provision that is recovery oriented.
Outcome Actions Lead Timescale Progress
Help and support will be centred
around the person, respectful of their
choices and based on evidence about
what is most likely to help them.  It
will be focused on supporting them
into independence and recovery.
Comprehensive support and support
that promote and support people’s
mental health and wellbeing are
available in a timely way that meets
and respects individual needs.
Identify and implement three projects to
embed principles of realistic medicine and
care in mental health service practice. For
example:
1. Directory of services
2. Building a personalised approach
to care 
3. Implement shared decision
making 
DHoS  Sept 25 1. Community Connections
Moray platform continues
through the development
and testing stages
2. Embedding GIRFE principles
in health and social care
planning
3. Increased focus of secondary
care services interface with
Primary Care. Benchmarking 
MDT working and reviewing
through the How good is our
MDT tool. 
Patients have a choice of how they
access care and support; digitally or
face to face. 
Expand offer of Near Me appointments MHSM Sept 25 Current face to face contact data
demonstrates Moray is lower
than other areas of Grampian. We
require to expand opportunities
for both in person and digital
contact rather than telephone. 
Strengthened support, care and
treatment pathways for neurodiverse
Utilising adult National
Neurodevelopmental Service
MHSM Mar 26 Current ADHD and Autism
pathways have been clarified. The
Page 109

Page 110

APPENDIX 1 
8  
adults who require a diagnosis and
support. 
Specification once it is available,
strengthen, clarify and develop support
and care pathways for people requiring
neurodevelopmental support, working in
partnership with health, social care, third
sector and other delivery partners. 
Identify appropriate and accessible
supports for potentially neurodiverse
adults who are awaiting assessment,
aren’t functionally affected, or have
lower-level needs.  This may involve peer
support. 
current staffing resource cannot
meet the demands of the service. 
We will continue to utilise
signposting and early intervention
and support through the Moray
Wellbeing Hub, Social Prescribing,
Mental Health and Wellbeing
practitioners, and Community
Connections Moray platform. 
Public information and awareness
campaign planned.
Parity of services for older adults Understand the gaps in older adult
services and develop plan to address
these. 
MHSM Sept 25 Workshop planned to focus on
this specific topic.
Focus on recovery Continue to work with Scottish Recovery
Network to develop and support the
establishment of peer support networks
in the settings where these will have most
impact.
DHoS 
MRRP 
Sept 25 Options are being currently
explored through Partnership
projects led by Moray Wellbeing
Hub, including partners such as
SAMH.
Ward 4/availability of an appropriate
acute facility
Respond to review of bed base being
undertaken at Grampian wide level  
Establish a Moray group to ensure that
local needs are considered, taken into
account and fed back into overall
Grampian review. 
DHoS  Mar 25 Phase 1 on Bed Base Review
completed and Implementation
Plan for Phase 2 presented to and
approved by the Mental Health
and Learning Disability Board on
29 04 2025.
Grampian wide meetings to
progress Phase 2 are planned for
late May and early June.
Community Treatment & Support
Model
Explore and develop community-based
models of psychiatric care and Psychiatric
Assessment Suite 
MHSM Sept 25 This will be incorporated into the
Mental Health Bed Base Review
Priority 6.
Page 110

Page 111

APPENDIX 1 
9  
Increased availability of timely,
effective support, care and treatment
that promotes and supports people’s
mental health and wellbeing,
meeting individual needs.
Strengthen stepped care approach -
develop business case for posts
(potentially Band 7 Mental Health
Practitioner) to work across Moray GP
practices to provide thorough assessment
of presentation/ problem, risk and
identification of suitable options for care. 
Conduct self-assessment of specialist
services and primary care, based on The
National Confidential Inquiry into Suicide 
and Safety in Mental Health- Safer
Services Toolkit.
MHSM 
MHSM
/PPLO
Sept 25 
Dec 25  New action agreed - this will
inform a number of improvement
activities outlined within this plan.
Strengthened support, care and
treatment pathways for adults with
dementia. 
Develop a Moray Dementia Plan in line
with the Grampian Dementia Strategy. 
Establish a Moray Dementia Working
Group. 
MHSM Sept 25 Moray Dementia Pathway
developed and aligned with
Grampian Dementia Pathway. 
Moray working group established
which links to the Grampian
Dementia group. 
Page 111

Page 112

APPENDIX 1 
10 
Mental Health Quality Standard 3: Moving between and out of services
Outcome Actions Lead Timescale Progress
Ability to escalate or de-escalate
treatment or support is as easy as
possible; patient does not need to
repeat their story and is supported in
a seamless way. 
Remove barriers to accessing the right
care, right place, right time and develop
discharge and shared care
arrangements with primary care,
individuals and families.
Implement dynamic case management,
with the aim being to improve capacity
but provide ease of access back into
service if required.
MHSM Sept 25 Focus of this work will be the
strengthening of the interface
between Secondary Care and
Primary Care creating more
opportunity for staff to crossover
and the development of more
effective MDT working. 
Flexible and supportive structures
are in place to support effective
discharge – negotiated pathways to
ensure patient’s needs are met,
making patient movement up and
down the pathway less complex. 
Introduce co-produced written care
plans for transitions between services
or discharge from services, which detail
how to re-engage.  Any risks should be
clearly identified and documented, and
the flexibility of transfer time and
handover of care should be considered. 
Introduce case-based discussion
regarding thresholds between primary
and secondary care. Dynamic caseload
management 
Community mental health staff to
increase the level of working within
community settings in order to
strengthen relationships across the
service. 
Understand what is required to
strengthen effective MDTs within
MHSM Sept 25 A Community Mental Health
Nurse training plan and Commu-
nity Mental Health Team service
operating procedure (SOP) is in
the process of being developed. 
An audit is currently being under-
taken to evaluate the effective-
ness of current pathways, and
case flow, between primary and
secondary care. 
The audit will provide baseline in-
formation that can be used as a
performance indicator for future
audits of referral paths. 
Page 112

Page 113

APPENDIX 1 
11 
localities and implement action to
ensure maximum effectiveness. 
Develop an effective process for
ensuring that when people with long
term complex needs return to Moray,
they have appropriate supports in
place; this may include the use of core
and cluster supported housing
opportunities for people with severe
and enduring mental health conditions.
DHoS Mar 26 Currently reviewing all out of
area cases. 
Page 113

Page 114

APPENDIX 1 
12 
Mental Health Quality Standard 4: Workforce: The mental health and wellbeing workforce is diverse, skilled, supported and
sustainable, trauma & inequality informed
Outcome Actions Lead Timescale Progress
Workforce feels valued and
respected and is more likely to want
to work in Moray and remain here.
Develop workforce plan for mental health
services in Moray, linking to Grampian wide
development and clearly aligning Moray
services as part of wider Grampian mental
health service offer 
MHSM Sept 25 The intention is to carry out a
workforce survey later in the
year.
In parallel to this we will also
routinely gather workforce
data – retirement, sickness
rates etc 
Undertake a needs analysis of current
service in line with ‘Report of the Short Life
Working Group into Primary Mental
Healthcareiv’, considering the potential
utilisation of Multidisciplinary
Teams/extended roles.
MHSM Dec 25 Embedding mental health
professionals, support workers
and others with appropriate
skills into Primary Care
multidisciplinary teams within
clusters or localities. 
Robust, resilient and effective Mental
Health Officer (MHO) service is in
place
Redesign of MHO provision within current
financial constraints to provide sufficient
capacity while allowing other MHOs with
substantive posts opportunities to have
sufficient MHO work to maintain their skills. 
MHSM
AWI
Lead 
MHSW
Lead
June 25 Draft report in place to go to
SMT/RMG. 
Review capacity of Out of Hours Social Work
function in relation to mental health and
develop to address any needs. 
DHoS  June 25 All out of hours staff are MHO
qualified.  
Reduction in use of temporary and
costly staffing
Implement CESR model for psychiatry.
Understand the workforce required to
reduce or remove the need for locums and
other temporary staffing solutions.
MHSM Mar 25 CESR fellows in place within
Adult and Older Adult teams.
Plan in place to fill current
locum vacancies by Oct 2025
at latest.  
Page 114

Page 115

APPENDIX 1 
13 
Work with cross Grampian system to build
stronger relationships and sustainability so
that Grampian system can provide support
and cover when necessary.
Workforce is informed, trained and
confident in supporting self-care and
recommending digital MH resources 
Develop and implement training and CPD
plan for Mental Health service staff,
recognising new developments in digital
supports but also the challenges that some
people face in accessing and using digital
facilities. 
MHSM June 25 Digital Skills Survey currently
live with Health and Social
Care staff. Closing date June
2025. 
Page 115

Page 116

APPENDIX 1 
14 
Mental Health Quality Standard 5: Governance & accountability
Outcome Actions Lead Timescale Progress
Clear and effective governance
in place
Review of adult and older adult mental health
governance, strategic and delivery elements,
including provision of reassurance to IJB, and
strengthening the role of Making Recovery Real
partnership and the voice of lived experience. 
Align governance between the strategic groups
which oversee:
• Children and Young People’s Mental
Health,  
• Moray Alcohol and Drug Partnership, 
• Suicide Prevention Strategic Group and
• Adult Mental Health 
DHoS Dec 24 Clear Governance
arrangements now in
place within Moray and
links with wider Grampian
Mental Health
arrangements.  
Decision makers, service users
and practitioners are better
able to access the evidence,
and data to provide assurance
and adapt services to meet
local needs. 
Work with, and learn from colleagues, including
data analysts and Alcohol and Drug
Development Team, to maximise use of data,
evidence and evaluation in targeting and
improving our work. 
Create performance dashboard and actively
participate in Scottish Benchmarking Network 
DHoS Mar 25 Work progressing but not
completed as yet. 
Understand financial structures of mental health
provision in Moray and identify & align short-
and long-term funding opportunities. 
DHoS 
Mental Health
Strategic Group
Mar 25 Financial structures for
Mental health clarified.
Funding gaps escalated as
appropriate at Moray,
Grampian and National
level. 
Page 116

Page 117

APPENDIX 1 
15 
Undertake self-assessment against Core Mental
Health Quality Standardsv , ensuring the
collective voice of lived experience and staff
MHSM Sept 25 Bench marking will take
place in September 2025. 
AWI Lead   Adults with Incapacity Lead
CiPH  Consultant in Public Health
DHoS  Deputy Head of Service
EP  Employability Partnership
HITL  Health Improvement Team Lead
MADP Co Moray Alcohol and Drug Partnership Coordinator
MHSM  Mental Health Service Manager
MHSW Lead Mental Health Social Work Lead
MRRP  Making Recovery Real Partnership
PPLO  Public Protection Lead Officer
TIPDO  Trauma Informed Practice Development Officer 
i Good Mental Health for All in Moray
ii Mental health and wellbeing strategy - gov.scot (www.gov.scot) 
iii Scottish_Recovery_Network_Strategic_Plan_202124.pdf
iv REPORT OF THE SHORT LIFE WORKING GROUP FOR MENTAL HEALTH IN PRIMARY CARE (www.gov.scot) 
v https://www.gov.scot/binaries/content/documents/govscot/publications/strategy-plan/2023/09/core-mental-health-standards/documents/core-mental-health-
quality-standards/core-mental-health-quality-standards/govscot%3Adocument/core-mental-health-quality-standards.pdf
Page 117

Page 118

APPENDIX 2
Moray Adult Mental Health Strategic Group Progress Report
This paper provides the Moray Integration Joint Board with a more detailed update
on key areas of progress over the report period 26 09 2024 to 26 05 2025.
Collective Voice
Moray Wellbeing Hub continue to provide invaluable support to people who are
struggling to manage their mental health and wellbeing. Their Discover Pathways
toolkit is often a first point of contact for those individuals. Discover Pathways Moray
| Mental Health Support 
Moray Wellbeing Hub continue to engage effectively with patients placed in mental
health inpatient beds in Moray to ensure their experience informs future service
development and delivery.
Moray Wellbeing Hub are members of the Moray Mental Health and Strategic Group
and continue to champion the Collective Voice of lived and living experience within
this forum. We have taken the model developed through joint work between the
Moray Wellbeing Hub and the Moray Alcohol and Drug Partnership and broadened it
to include wider mental health and wellbeing. Challenges remain to effectively fund
this work on an ongoing basis.     
Communities Mental Health and Wellbeing Funding 
The Scottish Government’s Communities Mental Health and Wellbeing Fund
launched in 2021 in response to the significant adult mental health needs arising
from the pandemic. The Fund is now helping local communities across Scotland,
take further steps to improve mental health and wellbeing, with a focus on improving
awareness and prevention. The funding is allocated annually through  local third
sector interfaces. tsiMoray distribute this funding within Moray. In total £257,989
funding was allocated within Moray for 2025/26 through a combination of 14 small
grants and 24 large grants. Further detail can be viewed here: Moray Communities
Mental Health and Wellbeing Fund - tsiMORAY. This funding reaches the heart of
communities and extends the range of prevention and early intervention services
available. Health and Social Care Moray have worked closely with tsiMoray
throughout the process of the allocation of this funding, and we continue to work with
the funded groups to support delivery of their services. We have also worked with
those organisations who we unsuccessful to strengthen future applications & to
consider how we can support with alternative funding applications. The range of
community bids for this funding demonstrated the potential offered by community
groups and third sector organisations and the important role they can play in
supporting the mental health and wellbeing of the people of Moray.
The Scottish Government has confirmed this fund again for Year 5 and 6, and that
will include some grants made during Year 5 for up to 2 years as part of the Scottish
Government's Fairer Funding pilot initiative, providing some groups the ability to plan
over a slightly longer period. 
Page 118

Page 119

APPENDIX 2
Suicide Prevention
In 2023, the suicide rate in Moray, per population, was the fifth highest in Scotland.
National figures for 2024 are not yet published. 
The Moray Suicide Prevention Group has been strengthened following a period of
transition. The group is now chaired by the Lead for Public Protection therefore
ensuring good links to the Child Protection and Adult Protection Committees.
Detailed performance information is reported directly to the Chief Officers Group and
to the Moray Mental Health and Wellbeing Strategic Group. 
The Moray Suicide Prevention Group have a Delivery Plan that has five key priority
areas; these align with Grampian/National Priorities. All priority areas are
progressing well. 
• Priority 1: Building Community Capacity 
• Priority 2: Lived Experience 
• Priority 3: Data Analysis and the reduction of risk 
• Priority 4: Children & young people 
• Priority 5: Bereavement Support 
Progress on Priority 1, 2 and 4 has been particularly good with a very wide range of
community information events and training sessions being provided for the public
and for staff during 2024/25. The work of the Moray Mental Health Strategic Group
will directly support and be influenced by progress on Priority 3. 
Moray Suicide Data  
Suicides per Calendar Year (Jan- Dec) 
Area  2021 2022 2023 2024  2025 to
April 30
Moray 15 18 21 17  3
Grampian 73 83 82 66  23
2021, 2022 and 2023 official data on suicides published by the National
Records of Scotland 
2024 and 2025 unofficial Police Scotland data on suspected suicides 
Seventeen people died by suicide in Moray in 2024:
• Five females and twelve males
• Nine people were aged between 20-39 years
• Eight people were aged above 40 years 
In 2024 the most common method of suicide was ligature, which was
recorded for 13 of the 17 deaths in Moray. 
Page 119

Page 120

APPENDIX 2
There have been 3 suicides and 36 attempted suicides in Moray between
the beginning of January and the end of April 2025. There have been 23
suicides and 150 attempted suicides in Grampian over the same time period. 
North East Suicide Prevention Service
Health and Social Care Moray, along with Aberdeen City Health and Social Care
Partnership, recently committed to extending the current Grampian Suicide
Prevention Service contract with Scottish Action for Mental Health (SAMH) for a
further year until May 2026, with the option for an additional further year extension.
The 2025/26 contract, which is hosted by Aberdeen City, has three key components
• to oversee delivery of the North East Suicide Prevention Oversight Group
• to increase capacity for suicide prevention activity through raising awareness
and delivering training
• to work with each Health and Social Care Partnership to support the
development and delivery of their own identified delivery plans/outcomes.
Prevent Suicide North East Scotland App
Health and Social Care Moray also remain committed to supporting the funding of
the Prevent Suicide North East Scotland App Prevent Suicide Northeast Scotland -
App and Website (preventsuicideapp.com) The App continues to record high usage
numbers and records positive feedback from individuals accessing information and
support. User numbers and feedback are reported through the Grampian Suicide
Prevention Group.  
Applied Suicide Intervention Skills Training (ASIST)
Two members of Health & Social Care Moray staff have recently completed an
intensive 5 day residential course to become ASIST trainers. This will enable greater
and more sustainable capacity to deliver this specialist level training locally. Until
more recently, there was an 8 year gap in ASIST training in Moray. A targeted
training program will be developed as part of Moray Mental Health Strategic Group’s
workforce development activity.
Unpaid Carers
• Over a quarter of carers (28%) said their mental health is bad or very bad,
rising to 37% for carers on Carer’s Allowance.
• A third (36%) of carers said that they had thoughts related to self-harm or
suicide.
(Carers Scotland, State of Caring 2023, a Health and Social Care Crisis for
Unpaid Carers in Scotland, 2023)
Page 120

Page 121

APPENDIX 2
Day opportunities for the cared-for individual can be a crucial way to support unpaid
carers' mental health by providing them with much-needed respite. These
opportunities allow carers to take breaks, focus on their own well-being, and reduce
feelings of overwhelm and isolation.  The Day Opportunities team support unpaid
carers and the person they care for to both engage within their community and to
support the carer to have a meaningful break.  Through utilising an approach
whereby both the cared for and unpaid carer’s outcomes are met through the same
support there is a positive impact on both of their mental health and
wellbeing.  Feedback from an unpaid carer who was supported by the Day
Opportunities SDS Enablers in January this year stated “everything’s fine since
Dayops got involved.  I can go to Elgin or Tesco.  I can get a haircut without
worrying. The care side of support is good but when the social side of it started, I felt
a bit free.  I know Marlene is safe when I am not here” (feedback attached).  The Day
Opportunities team support unpaid carers on a weekly basis to ensure they have
access to meaningful breaks using a person centred, strength and asset-based
approach to achieve a positive outcome.  
Quarriers, our Commissioned Carer Support Service supports the mental health and
wellbeing of unpaid carers by offering a range of tailored support options designed to
enhance well-being and provide respite.  
Key Support Services include:  
Free Counselling Support
Professional counselling services help unpaid carers manage stress, anxiety, and
emotional challenges associated with their caring responsibilities.  
Sound therapy and art therapy sessions
Provide creative and holistic approaches to mental health support, promoting
relaxation.  
Respite & Short Breaks
The Time to Live Short Break Awards enable unpaid carers to take a break from
their responsibilities in a way that suits their personal needs.  
Respitality break options,
For example, vouchers for afternoon tea or play sessions.  
Skill Development & Well-being Activities
Hand massage workshops equip unpaid carers with practical relaxation techniques,
enhancing their ability to manage stress.
Monthly carer drop-in sessions provide a supportive space for unpaid carers to
connect, share experiences, and access guidance.  
Supporting Unpaid Carers mental health and wellbeing remains a priority. 
The Interface between Substance Use and Mental Health Services 
Page 121

Page 122

APPENDIX 2
The Moray Alcohol and Drug Partnership (MADP) continues to progress key
developments that strengthen the interface between substance use and mental
health services. Recognising the interconnection between these areas, the ADP is
embedding trauma-informed, rights-based approaches into local service delivery.
While collaborative working with mental health services remains an identified
challenge, steps have been taken to improve integration. Notably, a Band 8A
Psychologist has recently taken up post, funded directly by the ADP, to provide
dedicated psychological input across substance use pathways. In addition, a newly
funded pharmacist post, shared between the ADP and mental health services, has
been introduced to support the safe and effective use of medication within MAT
pathways and improve alignment across services. 
All individuals engaging with specialist and third sector substance use services are
now routinely screened for mental health needs, with appropriate follow-on care
included as part of their support planning. The ADP is actively progressing work on
Medication-Assisted Treatment (MAT) Standards 6, 9 and 10—ensuring delivery of
psychological and social support (Standard 6), access to mental health care at the
point of MAT (Standard 9), and provision of trauma-informed care (Standard 10). 
Community-based services such as Arrows continue to offer counselling and
psychosocial interventions, as well as peer-led wellbeing groups including Men’s
Talk and Women’s Support. The ADP also works closely with the Moray Wellbeing
Hub and other community partners to support recovery and improve mental health
outcomes through lived experience engagement and holistic support. These
developments align with the Moray ADP Strategic Delivery Plan (2025–2028) and
contribute to broader priorities around integrated care, early intervention, and
reducing health inequalities. 
The Mental Health and Wellbeing Practitioner Service
The Mental Health and Wellbeing Practitioner service continues to be busy with a
steady flow of requests for appointments. There are some variations across Moray
and appointments are delivered either face to face or by phone/online. The longest
wait times average 2-3 weeks. Practices have been advertising the service via their
websites and conversations are underway to explore MHWB Practitioners assisting
with triage of low level mental health queries coming into the practices. The desired
outcome for this is to redirect patient traffic away from GP if not required and when
other appropriate support is available.  
Primary Care Psychological Therapies Service 
Primary Care Psychological Therapies Service also remains in high demand and in
the first quarter of 2025 has averaged 58.25 self-referrals per month. The facility to
self-refer for assessment alleviates workload pressure on GPs who historically would
have made these referrals. There are some staffing pressures as funding is coming
to an end for the Enhanced Psychology Practitioner role which supports the Tier 1
Page 122

Page 123

APPENDIX 2
cases within service. There is also a gap in provision for Tier 3 cases in Moray as
these fall below the threshold for secondary care service but would ordinarily be
considered too complex for primary care. Systems are in place however to discuss
‘step up and step down’ processes between secondary and primary care to improve
patient pathways and reduce bounce back to the GP for onward referral. Staff are
working at capacity to triage referrals and offer initial assessment. This is of benefit
to both the individual (as they will receive information and signposting appropriate to
their circumstances) and to the service as this ensure only those appropriate for
psychological intervention are placed on the waiting list for therapy. It should be
noted that the demand however does outstrip supply of resources currently funded. 
Newly Commissioned Mental Health Services
Recent commissioning and procurement work has been undertaken to secure key
mental health contracts.  In scope for this work was the existing SAMH contract
aligned to secondary adult mental health, existing Distress Brief Intervention (DBI)
provision delivered by Penumbra, and the budget line that previously funded the
Wellness Centre on Batchen Street which closed in March 2022. 
New service specifications were developed collaboratively including input from
people with lived and living experience of mental health challenges which was
extremely beneficial. This involvement translated all the way through to having panel
members with lived experience for the evaluation process and scoring of
tenders.  Feedback from all concerned has been positive with excellent support
provided from commissioning and procurement and the Moray Wellbeing Hub to
facilitate this process of inclusion. Two contracts were ultimately commissioned. 
The Distress Brief Intervention contract focuses support for those in acute distress
and adheres to the ‘DBI’ model e.g. contact within 24 hours and up to 14 days of
support for those in acute distress.  The work also looks to expand on collaborative
working, developing relationships and maximising impact of lived and living
experience through community-based peer support.  This will include in due course
expanding access pathways beyond the existing four routes (police, ambulance
service, A+E and primary care). 
The Intensive Support contract is a targeted resource for those aged 18-65 who
meet the eligibility threshold for secondary care and are experiencing difficulties
arising as a result of various mental disorders.  This includes interventions to avoid
unnecessary admissions to hospital, facilitate timely and safe discharge from
hospital and ongoing support in the community.  Preventative intervention is included
within this and all Multi Disciplinary Team members can refer into the service for
short term support to prevent deterioration in a person’s health and circumstances. 
SAMH were successful in being awarded both contracts which we believe will result
in smooth transitions and a strong Moray wide provision.  There are long established
Page 123

Page 124

APPENDIX 2
robust working relationships with SAMH and a history of flexible and adaptive
provision to emergent local need. These contracts form an important part of the
broader mental health context and will work alongside other existing resources such
as the Primary Care Psychological Therapies Service and the Mental Health and
Wellbeing Practitioners that align with GP practices. The goal is more cohesive
supports in line with the ‘no wrong door’ principle and increasing access to
appropriate support. 
Grampian Bed Base Review
The Grampian Mental Health Bed Base Review is ongoing. The most recent
progress was the submission to the Mental Health and Learning Disability Board on
the 29th April 2025 of a Close Out Report for Phase 1 and a Programme Initiation
Document for Phase 2 and associated papers. The recommendation of the covering
report was that the Board ‘Approve the Programme Mandate and Programme
Initiation Documents, noting that the Programme Initiation Document has indicative
timescales for completion of milestones’ and ‘Note that the space between Phase 1
completing and the start of Phase 2 has not halted ongoing work on some of the
Priority Actions. The Mental Health and Learning Disability Board approved the
recommendations. 
The Mental Health Bed Base Review contains seven priorities all of which to varying
degrees will have an impact on how we deliver services within Moray. 
Priority 6: ‘To link the need for more efficient use of beds in Royal Cornhill Hospital
with the scenario that Ward 4 at Dr Grays Hospital can no longer be maintained as
an inpatient service. This will require the development of a community response in
Moray, which the whole system will support, and a model of care that predicates a
number of beds at RCH that will be required to accommodate Moray patients’.   
Priority 7: ‘Use a joined up approach to reviewing the Older Adults pathway for
dementia, defining the use of inpatient beds badged as “dementia”, and utilise the
learning from South Aberdeenshire as a test of change to a community based model,
managing risk across the Grampian system as a generic pathway is developed’. This
may have an impact on how the bed base at Muirton Ward, Buckie, is utilised. 
Health and Social Care Moray will be represented in progressing all seven Priorities
and will provide the Lead Officer role for Priority 6. 
Neurodiversity Pathways
In 2021, the Scottish Government highlighted a need to improve experiences and
outcomes for autistic adults, adults with ADHD and those with co-occurring
neurodevelopmental conditions in Scotland. A report titled ‘Adult
Neurodevelopmental Pathways’ was published by the Scottish Government in 2023
Page 124

Page 125

APPENDIX 2
updating on progress and providing further recommendations. Since publication
there has been much discussion nationally regarding the development of
Neurodiversity Pathways within each Health and Social Care Partnership and the
challenge in doing this when no additional national funding is provided. 
Autism Pathway
Health and Social Care Moray continue to contribute funding towards the Grampian
Adult Autism Assessment Team (AAAT). Services and individuals can refer to the
service. Most (87%) of referrals are self referrals with around 3% of referrals from
GPs and 3% from Mental Health Teams. The referral rate is on par with other health
and social care partnerships of a similar size. 
ADHD Pathway
Within Moray individuals seeking an ADHD assessment are directed towards their
registered GP for screening and if appropriate they are then referred to the
Secondary Care Mental Health Service for assessment. Referrals need to meet the
criteria as laid out in the Moray referral criteria document and are reviewed by the
Secondary Care Mental Health Team on a weekly basis. Priority is given to those
referrals presenting with a co-morbid mental illness, or whose functioning is
significantly impaired by their condition. Referrals are allocated, assessed and
reviewed through the out-patient consultant clinic. Approximately 30 ADHD cases
are held by each Consultant Psychiatrist at any one time. 
ADHD cases not allocated at the weekly Mental Health Team meeting are placed on
the Moray ADHD assessment waiting list. There are 420 people on this waiting list at
the current time. All individuals placed on the ADHD waiting list are also signposted
to the Moray Wellbeing Hub.  The Moray Wellbeing Hub provide a range of support
and signposting options. The Moray Wellbeing Hub online neurodiversity
pathway NEURODIVERSITY PATHWAYS | Discover Pathways Moray  provides
links to useful resources and self help materials. 
The current waiting list time for individuals on the ADHD assessment waiting list is
significantly protracted due to the lack of financial resource available and locally and
nationally current waiting times can extend to several years, which is beyond the
National Autism Implementation Team (NAIT) recommended wait time of 255 days.
Recently a nurse practitioner within the Moray Mental Health Team has been
identified to review the Moray ADHD assessment waiting list on a case by case
basis. However significant additional funding is required to make a sizeable impact. 
Digital Innovation
The Digital Health and Care Innovation Centre (DHI) Living Lab 3 (Care in Place)
has focused on supporting Unpaid Carers to access a broad range of support
Page 125

Page 126

APPENDIX 2
through the Community Connections Moray platform. Feedback from unpaid carers
has been very positive and we aim to scale this work up.  
Living Lab 5 focuses specifically on the area of mental wellbeing. Work is currently
being undertaken to build on the existing functionality and content of the Community
Connections Moray platform which currently signposts the viewer to a wide range of
community and statutory services, including mental health and wellbeing supports.
Scoping to extend the innovation envelope for this Living Lab is being finalised.
Among the main priorities and options identified are the opportunity to enhance
digital tools that have been through initial research and development in other health
board areas. The aim would be to extend the scope of the existing functionality
(through R&D) and integrate as much as possible in to the existing Community
Connections platform. There is also the opportunity to create a personalised
experience within Community Connections to tailor the content users see and help
streamline self-directed interaction and professionally-supported recommendations
for mental health and weelbeing.
Consultant Psychiatrists
Challenges remain in recruiting Consultant Psychiatrists within Adult and Older Adult
Mental Health, we therefore remain reliant of utilising locum posts in the short term.
This is the case across NHS Grampian. A plan is in place to recruit to all the vacant
consultant psychiatrist posts in Moray within the next six months and also to recruit
to the soon to be vacated Moray Clinical Lead post. CSER fellows have been
recruited, one in Adult and one in Older Adult mental health. The next stage will then
be to look at how we balance the consultant role alongside the increased use of
nurse practitioners, and increased cross over from secondary care services into the
primary setting. 
Dementia Pathway
The Moray Dementia Pathway has recently been updated to better align service
delivery in Moray and to have a more common wider Grampian Dementia Pathway
across all three health and social care partnerships. This work is due to be
completed in the very near future. 
Psychological Therapies 
The Psychological Therapies performance remains a challenge. In quarter 4 there
was an improvement in the number of people being treated within 18 weeks of
referral; 57% up from 51% in Q3. Continuation of group delivery has contributed to
this improvement with further groups scheduled in the coming months and
discussions taking place regarding further group availability in primary care where
demand is highest. However referrals into services continue to increase, particularly
in primary care, Waiting times and referrals are regularly reviewed and monitored to
ensure that people are seen in the most appropriate part of the service, and regular
Page 126

Page 127

APPENDIX 2
primary/secondary care psychological therapies interface meetings ensure this is
done as seamlessly as possible for people in line with the no wrong door approach. 
Mental Health Officers
Mental Health Officers assess individuals experiencing mental disorder who may
need compulsory measures of care and treatment. The role carries considerable
autonomy and responsibility, and involves working alongside medical and legal
professionals in order to safeguard the health, safety, wellbeing and rights of people.
One aspect of the MHO role is to consider alternatives to detention in hospital and
alternatives to guardianship powers. Only sufficiently experienced and qualified
Social Workers can train as MHOs. There are significant challenges in the capacity
of the MHO workforce to fulfil the local authority’s statutory duties and future forecast
indicate a further contraction of the workforce. This holds system wide implications
and risks. Temporary funding from the Scottish Government of a 0.8wte social
worker has boosted the available resource and plans are in place to redistribute local
budgets to make this post permanent.   
Trauma Informed Practice 
Trauma-informed practice in mental health recognises the widespread impact of
trauma on an individual's physical, emotional, and psychological well-being. It is a
framework that recognises the knowledge gained though learning and identifies
pathways of integrating that knowledge into ensuring that policies, processes and
procedures are created and developed in a person centred way. This work
recognises that staff, at all levels within an organisation, may also be impacted by
trauma within their own lives or as a result of the work they are required to
undertake.  
Training for NHS staff is included within the suite of options on the TURAS staff
digital education platform and plans are in place to cross these training modules onto
the Moray Council CLIVE staff digital education platform. There is also the Scottish
Trauma Informed Leadership Training programme, which focusing on how
leadership can create the pathways to a trauma informed organisation.
The Trauma Informed Practice Development Officer supports teams throughout
Moray Council and Health and Social Care Moray to take a trauma informed
approach. This is done by visiting teams, introducing the Scottish government’s
vision of a trauma informed and responsive workforce, ‘walking through’ their
processes at a team level and developing an action plan to support the
implementation of trauma informed practices. Forty seven teams are being
supported to date. The next steps are to facilitate sessions with strategic
management/leadership teams, which includes facilitating access to the Scottish
Trauma Informed Leadership Training programme.   
Page 127

Page 128

APPENDIX 3 
1  
Appendix 3
Moray Adult Mental Health and Wellbeing Strategic Group
Performance and Indicators Report  
Page 128

Page 129

APPENDIX 3 
2  
Population level Mental health data for Grampian and Moray:
This is the data which helps to describe the overarching picture of mental health in Moray.  It is useful to see this over a longer time period, to
understand improving or deteriorating trends.  It also helps to inform the designing and commissioning of services now and in the future.
Adult Mental Wellbeing Score 
Based on the Warwick-Edinburgh Mental Wellbeing Scale, for adults aged 16+ years.  There are marginal differences between Moray at 49.9,
NHS Grampian at 49.3 and Scotland at 48.7, although there has been a slight decrease for all three over time from 2012.  A higher score is
better.
Adults with common mental health problems
The percentage of adults (16+ years) with a possible common mental health problem has remained lower in Moray (15%) and Grampian (17%)
than in Scotland (21%). All percentages have risen by around 5% since 2012.
Dementia Prevalence Rate
The prevalence of Dementia within the Moray population has increased from 4.9 per 1,000 population in 2017/18 to 5.6 in 2022/23.
Conversely the rate for Scotland fell from 5.5 to 5.0 over the same period. This may illustrate increased case finding in Moray.
Depression Prevalence Rate
The prevalence of Depression in both Moray and Scotland rose between 2017/18 and 2022/23.  The rate per 1,000 population in Moray
increased from 42.5 to 53.7, while the corresponding Scottish rate increased from 52.2 to 59.7.  
Mental Health Primary Care prevalence
The prevalence rate per 1,000 population for mental health problems rose by 0.9 in both Moray and Scotland over the period 2017/18 to
2022/23. Although rising, the rate for Moray remains consistently below Scotland during this period, reaching 6.4 per 1,000 in 2022/23
(compared to 7.5 for Scotland). 
Page 129

Page 130

APPENDIX 3 
3  
Percentage of population prescribed drugs for Anxiety/Depression/Psychosis
In 2023/24, an estimated 20% of Moray’s population were prescribed drugs for anxiety, depression or psychosis. This was above the Grampian
average of 18.1%, but below the Scottish value of 20.9%. For each geography this figure has generally increased over time.
S1 Suicide rates per 100,000 population over a 5 year period
Based on five-year rolling averages, the rates of death by intentional self-harm and by undetermined intent ('probable suicides'), per 100,000
adults were Moray 20.7, NHS Grampian 15.8, and Scotland 17.5 for 2018 – 22.
Deaths from suicide in young people
Deaths from suicide in young people aged 11-25 years; 5-year rolling average number and crude rate per 100,000 people aged 11-25 years:
Moray 16, NHS Grampian 10.5, and Scotland 10.9 for the period 2018 – 2022.
Psychiatric patient hospitalisation 
The rates of patients discharged from psychiatric hospitals has been falling steadily since recording started in 2002: 3-year rolling average
number and directly age-sex standardised rate per 100,000 population. Moray (141.9 per 100,000) has a lower rate than Scotland (216.1) and
NHS Grampian (166.4). 
Page 130

Page 131

APPENDIX 3 
4  
Section 1: Early intervention, prevention and self management: 
Underlying this section is the necessity of a move towards a preventative, population health model which promotes and sustains good mental
health and wellbeing.
Strategic Outcomes: 
• Communities, families and individuals are better equipped to support and protect people’s mental health and wellbeing and provide
opportunities to connect with others.
• More effective cross-policy action is in place to address the wide ranging factors that impact people’s mental health and wellbeing 
Indicators
The following are under development:
% of People with mental health problems who feel able to participate in their communities 
Numbers of people with mental health concerns who have been supported via Employability pathway 
% of workplaces in Moray with positive mental health policies in place 
Numbers of people as a percentage of those presenting with mental health problems being supported through social
prescribing across Moray
% of people with mental health problems in Moray who are financially secure and have good quality housing. 
Page 131

Page 132

APPENDIX 3 
5  
Mental Health Quality Standard 1: Access: What evidence do we have that people in Moray have equitable and non
discriminatory access to effective and relevant support for their mental health, within appropriate timescales?
Indicators: 
Psychiatry Outpatient Appointments
General psychiatry outpatient attendances have decreased significantly over the last ten years, with new attendances staying relatively stable
over this period.
Referrals number for psychological therapies (PT) in NHS Grampian by month:
Between October 23 and February 24, referrals to psychological therapies remained fairly steady at around 800 per month.  In March 2024 the
numbers jumped up, rising to 1400 in May 24, and rarely falling below 1200 per month since then.  Of these referrals, around 100 per month
are not accepted onto the waiting list.
T1 Wait distribution (%) of patients who started treatment for Psychological Therapies (PT) in NHS Grampian by month:
By December 2024, around 83% of referrals into Psychological Therapies were being seen within 18 weeks, and under 10% were waiting for 19
to 35 weeks and 36 – 52 weeks respectively.
DBI Access
Data for new service not yet available   
Page 132

Page 133

APPENDIX 3 
6  
Page 133

Page 134

APPENDIX 3 
7  
Mental Health Quality Standard 2: Assessment, Care Planning, Treatment & Support: 
What evidence do we have that people with mental health conditions, including those with co-existing health conditions, experience improved
quality and length of life, free from stigma and discrimination?
What evidence do we have that mental health policies, support, care and treatment are better informed and shaped by people with lived
experience of mental health issues and staff practitioners, with a focus on high quality provision that is recovery oriented?
P1 Carers for people with mental health problems 
In Scotland during 23/24, 27% of carers for people with mental health problems reported feeling supported to continue in their caring role.
P2 Adults with mental health problems supported at home 
In Scotland during 23/24, 55% of adults with mental health problems who were supported at home agreed that their services and support had
an impact in improving or maintaining their quality of life
P3 People with mental health problems who felt that people took account of things that mattered to them
In Scotland, during 23/24, 56% of people with mental health problems agreed that “people took account of the things that mattered to me” in
Health and Social Care Experience Survey
Ef5 Non-attendance at appointments for community based services of people with mental health problems 
This figure has stayed relatively steady across Grampian at around 15% patients per quarter not attending community based appointments
since October 2022.  The actual number of appointments missed was 8190 out of 54982 for the three months from October to December 2024.  
Page 134

Page 135

APPENDIX 3 
8  
Mental Health Quality Standard 3: Moving between and out of services
What evidence do we have that people in Moray are able to access the right care, right place, right time, and that discharge and shared care
arrangements are in place with primary care, individuals and families?
Indicators
Arrangements for getting to speak to a Mental Health Professional
Out of 230 respondents, 41% reported a positive response to the arrangements for getting to speak to a mental health professional in Moray. 
22% of responses were neutral, and 37% reported a negative experience.  This data is taken from the Health and Care Experience Survey 2023
– 2024.
S2 % Discharged psychiatric inpatients followed-up by community mental health services within 7 calendar days 
Between October – December 2024, 55.05% of all discharged psychiatric inpatients were followed-up by community mental health services
across Grampian within 7 calendar days.  This figure has been steadily rising from 42.6% in December 2022.
Delayed discharges within mental health specialties
The number of days spent in hospital within mental health specialties, when patients are ready to be discharged, was 18.58 per 1,000
population for Grampian in 2023/24, compared to 26.76 for Scotland and 50.85 for Dumfries and Galloway.  The total number of days for
Moray patients during this period was 1316, a rate of 17.2 per 1,000 population, compared to 9.88 for Aberdeen City and 23.87 for
Aberdeenshire. 
Page 135

Page 136

APPENDIX 3 
9  
Mental Health Quality Standard 4: Workforce: 
What evidence do we have that the mental health and wellbeing workforce is diverse, skilled, supported and sustainable, trauma & inequality
informed? 
Indicators
The following indicators are under development:
Sickness/absence levels of mental health staff across Moray
Reduction in use of locums and agency staff in Mental Health services over a period of time
% of HSCM and Moray Council Workforce confident in delivering Trauma informed practice 
47 teams have been supported to date across Moray Council and HSCM.
% of HSCM workforce which is suicide informed and confident 
Page 136

Page 137

REPORT TO: MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD ON 29 MAY 2025 
SUBJECT: EQUALITIES MAINSTREAMING REPORT 2025-2029 INCLUDING
PROGRESS AGAINST OUTCOMES 2021-2024 
BY:  CORPORATE MANAGER AND PUBLIC HEALTH CONSULTANT 
1. REASON FOR REPORT 
1.1 To provide an update on the Equality Outcomes Progress Report presented to 
Moray Integration Joint Board (MIJB) on 27 March 2025 (para 11 of the minute
refers) and to seek approval of the final progress report. 
1.2 To seek approval of the MIJB Equality Outcomes and Mainstreaming of the
Equality Duty set for the period 2025-2029. 
2. RECOMMENDATION 
2.1 It is recommended that the Board: - 
i) consider and approve the Final MIJB Equality Mainstreaming
Progress Report 2021-24 (Appendix 1); 
ii) consider and approve the MIJB Equality Outcomes for the period
2025-2029 (APPENDIX 2), aligned with the strategic priorities
outlined in MIJB Strategic Plan “Partners in Care 2022 – 2032”; 
iii) approves mainstreaming of the Equality Duty; and 
iv) instructs the Corporate Manager to publish the reports on the HSCM
webpage and develop an accessible user-friend summary for
publication. 
3. BACKGROUND 
The Public Sector Equality Duty 
3.1 The Public Sector Equality Duty, laid out in the Equality Act 2010 (the Act),
came into force in Scotland in April 2011. This equality duty is often referred to
as the “general duty” and it requires public authorities to have “due regard” to
the need to: 
Item 11.
Page 137

Page 138

•  Eliminate unlawful discrimination, harassment and victimisation and other
conduct that is prohibited by the Act; 
•  Advance equality of opportunity between people who share a relevant
protected characteristic and those who do not; and, 
•  Foster good relations between people who share a protected characteristic
and those who do not. 
3.2 The general duty covers the following protected characteristics: age; disability;
sex; gender reassignment; pregnancy and maternity; sexual orientation;
marriage and civil partnership; religion, belief, or lack of religion/belief; and
race. 
Equalities Outcomes
3.3 Integration Joint Boards were added to the list of public authorities subject to
the requirements of the Act in 2015 and were required to publish Equality and
Mainstreaming Outcomes plans by the end of April 2016. 
3.4 The first MIJB Equality Outcomes and Mainstreaming Equalities Framework
was published in April 2016 following approval by the Board on 28 April 2016
(para 7 of the minute refers). The Equality Outcomes contained within the
framework were subject to consultation, including representation from people
who have protected characteristics, and were intended to contribute to the
strategic priorities and shifts identified within the Strategic Commissioning Plan.
A report on progress was submitted to the Board on 26 April 2018 and further
work was required (para 8 of the minute refers) with a final report being agreed
by the Board on 28 June 2018 (para 11 of the minute refers). 
3.5 In the 2018 report it was identified that the wording of the outcomes was too
specific to facilitate reporting of the progress made across the wider service. It
was agreed that revised outcomes should be developed in tandem with the
development of the new Strategic Plan and presented for consideration prior to
March 2019. There were delays in the compilation and approval of the Strategic
Plan and Transformation Plan which impacted on the ability to progress the
revision of equality outcomes prior to the Coronavirus Pandemic. 
3.6 The Pandemic impacted on all aspects of work for Health and Social Care
Services and will continue to do so with regard to the health debt that has
accrued, some of which is known but most of which is currently unquantified
and some of it is not yet known. 
3.7 There is a requirement to review Equality and Mainstreaming Outcomes at
least every four years; meaning the first substantive review in Moray was due
by 1 April 2020. A short life working group was established early 2021 to rework
the outcomes and provide a basis for reporting performance and demonstrating
implementation across the whole of Health and Social Care services, whilst
ensuring alignment to the strategic plan. 
3.8 The Board approved the revised MIJB set of equality outcomes and the specific
focuses at their meeting on 29 April 2021 (para 5 of the minute refers). 
Equality Mainstreaming Progress Report 2021-24
3.9 The Equality Act 2010 (Specific Duties) (Scotland) Regulations 2012 (the
Regulations) impose “specific duties” on Scottish public authorities to publish a
Page 138

Page 139

set of Equality Outcomes and a report showing progress being made in
mainstreaming equality at intervals of not more than two years. 
3.10 A progress report was submitted to the Board in April 2018 and following
additional work, was approved at the Board meeting on 26 June 2018 (para 11
of the Minute refers). The next report was due to be submitted in April 2020, but
this was delayed due to the priority of responding to the pandemic. 
3.11 The Board approved the Equality Mainstreaming Progress Report 2019-2021 at
their meeting on 29 April 2021 (para 5 of the minute refers). 
3.12 HSCM did not publish a progress report against the outcomes in 2023. The
Corporate Manager has discussed this with The European Human Rights
Commission (EHRC) Office who have accepted HSCM’s position based on our
commitment to do so as soon as possible. 
3.13 HSCM presented a Draft Progress Report to the Board on 27 March 2025 (para
11 of the minute refers) which was approved and published in March, as per
the statutory obligations. 
4. KEY MATTERS RELEVANT TO RECOMMENDATION 
4.1 This report has not been developed under the governance of the Strategic
Planning and Commissioning Group (SPCG), but has been completed
collaboratively with its members and will be implemented by Health and Social
Care Moray (HSCM). 
4.2 There are 7 new proposed equality outcomes: 
i) Provide accessible services that support people to remain safe in their
own homes through person-centred care and digital transformation.
ii) Paid and unpaid carers will be given choice, opportunities, and support to
care for their loved ones, ensuring their well-being enabling them to
balance their caring responsibilities with their personal lives.
iii) Support people with learning disabilities and their families in maintaining
their health and wellbeing, and establishing tenancies in new supported
accommodation.
iv) Support children and young people affected by their own or someone
else’s drug or alcohol use. Ensure they can easily access support from
their school and other services, and that families are supported to find their
own recovery.
v) Support hub and outreach efforts in disadvantaged communities through
tackling poverty, income levels, poor housing, and disadvantage to help
individuals avoid substance use. Expand efforts to other areas, including
school talks, online conversation café, education and drug awareness, and
Naloxone training.
vi) A full redesign of adult day services will enable individuals to access day
support that is person-centred and meets their agreed outcomes and
aspirations. Where appropriate, day services will be provided within
people’s own communities.
vii) Prioritise the health and well-being of all staff by providing opportunities for
personal well-being, development, and learning in a supportive and
inclusive work environment. 
Page 139

Page 140

4.3 Further information for each of the outcomes is available in the Outcomes
report (see Appendix 1), including evidence to support why each outcome has
been identified as a priority, actions to deliver the outcomes and lead service
areas. Each outcome has also been aligned to the relevant element of the
Equality Act 2010’s General Duty and to a Priority in the MIJB Strategic Plan. 
4.4 HSCM endeavours to mainstream equality for all by using a holistic approach,
demonstrating equality in all that they do, ensuring that all functions consider
equalities when assessing and reviewing policies and practice. 
4.5 The SPCG will be responsible for monitoring and reviewing the equality
outcomes, to ensure alignment with the priorities outlined in the MIJB Strategic
Plan “Partners in Care 2022 – 2032”. 
4.6 A comprehensive progress update on the Equality Outcomes implementation
will be presented to the Board by April 2027, marking the midpoint of the 2025-
2029 outcomes period. 
5. SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS 
(a) Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes
Improvement Plan (LOIP)) and Moray Integration Joint
Board Strategic Plan “Partners in Care 2022 – 2032”
This report forms part of the governance arrangements of MIJB Strategic
Plan. 
(b) Policy and Legal 
It is recognised that the MIJB is directly subject to the Public Sector
Equality Duty and therefore continues to address equalities matters
through integration arrangements to ensure compliance with the Equality
Act 2010 (specific duties) (Scotland) Regulations 2012. 
(c) Financial implications
None arising directly from this report. 
(d) Risk Implications and Mitigation
There are risks associated with non-compliance and/or non-achievement
of the outcomes e.g. breaching our statutory duty to promote equality,
increased health inequalities and worse health outcomes for people with
protected characteristics. 
(e) Staffing Implications
None arising directly from this report. 
(f) Property
None arising directly from this report. 
(g) Equalities/Socio Economic Impact
The work outlined in this report is directly linked to advancing equalities
across each of the protected characteristics. This is outlined within the
body of the report. It is anticipated there will be positive impacts across
the protected characteristics. No Equality Impact Assessment is
required. 
Page 140

Page 141

Compliance of the Fairer Scotland Duty has been taken into
consideration throughout this process, in particular as compounding
inequalities faced by protected groups. This will continue through to the
implementation of the Outcomes and Actions, with Fairer Scotland
forming a core part of reporting.
(h) Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts
None arising directly from this report.
(i) Directions
None arising from this report.
(j) Consultations
Consultations have been undertaken with Service Managers
(Operational Management Team), HSCM Senior Management Team,
Legal Team.
6. CONCLUSION
6.1 This report demonstrates progress against the Equalities Outcomes set in
2021 and outlines mainstreaming achievements to date.
6.2 The Board is asked to approve the proposed equality outcomes for the
period 2025-2029, which are aligned with the strategic priorities outlined
in MIJB Strategic Plan “Partners in Care 2022 – 2032”.
Author of Report: Sonya Duncan, Interim Corporate Manager
Elizabeth Robinson, Public Health Consultant
Background Papers: Moray Strategic Plan - HEALTH & SOCIAL CARE MORAY
moray_joint_strategic_needs_assessment_2024.pdf
Page 141

Page 142

Equalities Progress Report 2021-2024 Appendix 1
MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD
APPENDIX 1
Page 142

Page 143

APPENDIX 1
Progress against the Equality Outcomes set 2021 for the period 2021-2024.
Equality Outcome 1
Everyone across Moray (including those who share a protected characteristic and those who do not) has the opportunity for good
health and wellbeing across their lifespan. 
This outcome seeks to empower individuals to take charge of their own health and wellbeing; be active, make positive choice and feel
connected within their communities; But also recognises that wider inequalities that effect health and wellbeing as well as the need for
prevention and early intervention to mitigate health consequences.  
Strategic Theme: Building resilience – Taking greater responsibility for our own health and wellbeing. 
Evidence from the strategic needs assessment: 
• There are continuing inequalities in health status in Moray, with evident association between level of neighbourhood affluence and
morbidity and mortality
• There is significant demand for health and social care services arising from chronic disease and comorbidity
• There is significant morbidity and mortality due to mental health problems
• There is significant morbidity and mortality due to lifestyle exposures smoking, alcohol and drug misuse
Strategic Outcomes:
• Lives are healthier
• People live more independently
• Quality of Life is improved
• Health inequalities are reduced
• People are safe
Key Focus HSCM will mitigate health inequalities across the life span
Measures Participation numbers
Participant Feedback
Staff Feedback 
key protected characteristics Age
Disability
Lead Actions
a) Health point – the provision of advice, information and signposting. Utilising the Making
Every Opportunity Count (MEOC) approach. 
Page 1 of 31
Page 143

Page 144

APPENDIX 1
Update 2025:
2019/2020: Outreach events across Moray engaged with 1,306 people, predominantly
those of working age and older.
2020/2021: Due to the Covid-19 pandemic, no outreach events were delivered. The
team were redeployed to support the pandemic response, and the Health point was
closed to walk-in members of the public. Although MS Teams appointments were
offered, there was no uptake. However, 168 telephone consultations were recorded,
primarily providing motivational support and arranging Nicotine Replacement Therapy
treatments as part of the smoking advice service. These calls also often resulted in
signposting to other services and websites related to self-management of stress,
healthy eating, and local financial support services.
2021/2022: The pandemic response continued, and no outreach events were
delivered. 731 telephone enquiries were recorded.
2022/2023: Outreach events across Moray resumed, engaging predominantly with
people of working age. 2,081 contacts recorded
2023/2024: 4,140 contacts and engagements. Locality events, outreach, and
campaigns also restarted, including the Winter Health Campaign, Buckie Community
Lunches, Forres Church of Scotland events, Aberlour Community Day, Keith Tuesday
Table, and a REAP visit. Additionally, there were 506 enquiries via the Dr Gray’s
Healthpoint site.
2024/25: There were 2,363 Contacts/Engagements recorded.
Locality Events, Outreach, and Campaigns:
 Forres: Pop-up event at Findhorn Eco-Village in collaboration with Community
Connectors
 Elgin: Blue Light Festival, Workforce Mocktail session, and information session at
The Oaks
 Keith & Speyside: Speyside High School Health Fair
 Buckie: Community Lunch
 New Elgin: Community Days, Long Covid event, World Hepatitis Day at The Bow,
Community Appointment Day, Freshers Fayre
Nutrition and Hydration Week Campaign: 13 campaign events focusing on nutrition and
hydration, particularly for older people. Sessions at three supported housing
Page 2 of 31
Page 144

Page 145

APPENDIX 1
establishments and one care home, engaging 50 residents. Five sessions were
delivered to HSCM staff within GP practices and Dr Gray’s Hospital.
Presentations focusing on "Ageing Well" were delivered to 10 community groups, with
237 attendees. Feedback included:
 "I’m glad you talked about 'It’s Okay to Ask.' I’m going to ask my doctor about
the side effects of a medication I’m on."
 "When you go to the GP, you don't get any of this information or leaflets. This
was very interesting and informative."
b) Update 2021
Our Housing Support Service covering Woodview and Woodview Children and Young
People implemented an activity programme as an alternative to high school education.
This was due to the young person’s reluctance to attend in conjunction with being
anxious around COVID-19.
These activities include outings in the local community as well as activities further
afield. Any activities are discussed and planned with the young person and their family
to ensure their views and choices are promoted. 
Regular meetings and
reviews are held with
young person, family
and professionals
Disability
c) Update 2021
Within our Care at Home Service, at the commencement of the COVID-19 period,
health services were established to support people in their own homes who tested
positive and did not require hospital admission. The Care at Home Service withdrew
provision of support at this time. 
As the period of COVID-19 extended, the Care at Home Service was required to
support service users with their support needs regardless of whether they were positive
for COVID-19 or not. 
Outcomes of remaining
at home as opposed to
having a hospital
admission were met
and peoples choices
were supported
Age
All
d) Update 2021
Alcohol and Drug Services remained open although groups were not functioning.
Arrows continued to provide a walk in service; along with increased phone support.
MIDAS focussed on those at the highest risk, ensuring that prescriptions were
Quarterly agency
reporting. 
SDMD/DAISY 
Page 3 of 31
Page 145

Page 146

APPENDIX 1
delivered along with increased proactive phone contacts
Carers and Advocacy services have remained open, with pro-active phone contacts 
reporting. Staff
feedback 
Key
Focus
1.2 HSCM enables individuals to self-manage their conditions
Ref Actions  Measures  key protected
characteristics
a) Update 2021:
Respiratory Conditions Programme – virtual and face to face exercise classes to
support individuals to self-manage their condition. 
Participation Nos.&
Feedback pre/post
participation Staff
Feedback
Age
Disability
Update 2025:
In 2021/22, funding was received through the Respiratory CEL to deliver the Physical
Activity for Health programme, initially targeting COPD patients. Sixteen patients
participated in the pilot programme, which was delivered virtually in partnership with
NHSG Physiotherapy Pulmonary Rehab and MC Sport and Leisure. A referral pathway
and process were established, with the team serving as the point of contact for all
referrals, utilising the MEOC approach. A total of 24 referrals were received
In 2022/23, the programme expanded, receiving 227 referrals for Physical Activity for
Health. Since 2023, referrals are now made through an online portal, managed by the
Wellbeing Officer in the local authority.
b) Update 2021:
In our Short Term Assessment and Re-ablement Team [START] the Social Care
Assistants [Carers] took part in a Care Inspectorate initiative called Care About
Physical Activity [CAPA] which was to promote better movement and mobility in our
older People.  Training and guidance was delivered to the staff group who then set up
goals and programmes for people to follow and monitor progress. This was to support
improved mobility, increase confidence and better overall health. 
Measures were
gathered weekly and
input into a Web based
programme to gather
evidence.
All 
Key
Focus
1.3 HSCM supports individuals to make positive Health & Wellbeing choices
Page 4 of 31
Page 146

Page 147

APPENDIX 1
Ref Actions  Measures  key protected
characteristics
a) Update 2021:
Routine Enquiry of domestic abuse was introduced in 2008 following the issue of Chief
Executive Letter 41: Gender Based Violence Action Plan. This details the actions
required from Health to improve NH Scotland’s response to gender based violence
(GBV).
Routine enquiry involves asking all women at assessment about abuse regardless of
whether there are any indicators or suspicions of abuse. It was established in maternity,
sexual health, health visiting, substance misuse and mental health settings. This was
due to the disproportionate number of women accessing these services who have
experience of abuse.   
Routine enquiry is embedded in the Universal Health Visiting Pathway and is continued
rollout is a key component of the Equally Well Delivery Plan.
Pregnancy
Maternity
Sex
Update 2025:
Antenatal/Postnatal Visits: We conduct routine enquiries of domestic abuse during
the antenatal visit to ensure early identification and support. We continue these
enquiries between the 3-week and 3-month visits, using professional judgement to
determine the safest timing. This ensures that we can identify and address domestic
abuse early, providing timely support and intervention.
Monitoring: If abuse is disclosed, we monitor the situation for any escalation in
frequency or severity. By using the Domestic Abuse Risk Assessment Checklist
(DASH RIC), we can reassess and follow appropriate guidance to provide ongoing
support.
Guidelines: Health Visitors adhere to the Scottish Government’s guidelines for
responding to domestic abuse. This ensures that the approach is consistent and
based on best practices. If abuse is disclosed, the DASH RIC is completed and can
and offer support and referrals to Multi-Agency Risk Assessment Case Conferences
or other services as needed.
Support & Safety Planning: We provide information on local services and discuss
safety planning in all cases, regardless of the risk level. This empowers individuals to
make informed decisions about their safety and wellbeing. Child protection
To improve data
collection the service
transitioned to an
electronic system
called MORSE in
November 2024. This
enhances the service
ability to monitor and
address domestic
abuse more effectively,
providing a tool to
gather accurate data
Page 5 of 31
Page 147

Page 148

APPENDIX 1
procedures are implemented if required. For other forms of gender-based violence,
we refer to the latest evidence updates to ensure comprehensive support.
Universal Health Visiting Pathway in Scotland: pre-birth to pre-school - gov.scot
School Nurse Pathway:
To further support individuals, we have integrated domestic abuse considerations into
the School Nurse Pathway:
Domestic Abuse at Home: If a child or young person is confirmed to be experiencing
domestic abuse at home, the School Nurse follows child protection procedures to
ensure their immediate safety. This is crucial for protecting vulnerable individuals and
providing timely intervention.
Suspected or Disclosed Abuse: When abuse is suspected or disclosed, the School
Nurse follows the Scottish Government School Nurse Pathway for Domestic Abuse.
They contact the child, discuss the referral, and follow child protection procedures as
appropriate. Support from the Team Leader or Child Protection Specialist Nurse is
accessed to aid decision-making. This ensures that the child receives appropriate
support and protection.
Guidance Document: The service is preparing to implement an NHS Grampian
School Nurse Pathway guidance document to standardise the approach and ensure
consistent support. This will help to provide clear and effective interventions.
Measures: Data collection helps monitoring and informs on the effectiveness of
interventions and continuous improvement to support services. Accurate data
collection is essential for evaluating our impact and making informed decisions.
Specialist School Nursing Contribution
Data is collected on
the number of
referrals to School
Nurses in regards to
the domestic abuve
pathway
b) Update 2021:
Baby Steps – the programme focused on the risks related to adverse effects of maternal
obesity on both the mother and the child.
Participation Numbers
Feedback from
mothers 
Pregnancy
/Maternity
Age, Disability
Update 2025:
2021/22: The programme remained paused, with three online meetings held to engage
with women, attended by eight participants. The Facebook page continued to be the
primary platform for sharing key health messages. With changes in restrictions, the
Page 6 of 31
Page 148

Page 149

APPENDIX 1
Health Walk component resumed in September, with weekly walks attended by 11
participants. Key health messages were delivered during these walks.
Feedback:
 "I have become more active knowing that it is safe to do so and indeed
recommended to remain active during pregnancy."
 "I thought now that I’m pregnant, I can eat what I like. By discussing the key
messages and accessing the Facebook page, I realise that’s not the healthiest
approach!"
2022/23: One regular walker attended the weekly Health Walk. In Q2 June, Baby Steps
delivered its first full programme cycle, including a Confidence to Cook session, since
the lifting of restrictions. A total of 24 women joined across three cycles.
Feedback:
 "I now have a good idea of where hidden sugars and fats are in food."
 "Initially, I had no idea how to read food labels. Now, I look at them all in the
supermarket."
2023/24: Based on participant feedback, each cycle length was reduced to six weeks as
a test of change. A total of 22 women joined the programme over five cycles. Facebook
followers increased to over 600.
Feedback:
 "I’ve been able to make healthier food choices now I understand the food label
system."
2024/25: The programme was paused due to low uptake and referrals. Digital delivery is
being explored following patient engagement and feedback. There has been a
consistent increase in Facebook followers. A refreshed digital programme is planned for
launch in Spring 2025.
c) Update 2021:
Alcohol Brief Interventions – the use of a short, evidence-based, structured
conversation about alcohol consumption. It seeks to motivate and support the
individual to consider a change in their drinking behaviour in order to reduce their risk
of harm. 
Participation numbers
Participant Feedback
Staff Feedback
Age
Disability
Page 7 of 31
Page 149

Page 150

APPENDIX 1
Update 2025:
2019/20:443 ABI conversations recorded
2020/21:0 ABI conversations recorded (PHS suspended the GP contract during the
pandemic from March 2020 to March 2022.
2021/22: 321 ABI conversations recorded
2022/23: 684 ABI conversations recorded
2023/24: 1122 ABI conversations recorded
d) Update 2021:
Tobacco - delivery of smoking advice service. Uptake and quit rates are currently good
Participation numbers
Quit rates, Feedback
Staff Feedback
Age
Disability
Update 2025:
2019/20:Quit attempts 85, 12 week quits 76 = 89.4%
2020/21: Quit attempts 15, 12 week quits 15 = 100%
2021/22: Quit attempts 17, 12 week quits 17 = 100%
2022/23: Quit attempts 71, 12 week quits 24 = 33.8%
2023/24: Quit attempts 105, 12 week quits 55, = 52.3%
2024/25: Quit attempts 104, 12 week quits 24 = 23.07%
e) Update 2021:
In our Children’s Residential Service at CALA, we have supported a young person
(aged 17) to access, through self-referral, mental wellbeing supports.
Additional training and
webinars for staff to
enhance their
knowledge of local
resources
Age and
ethnicity 
f) Update 2021:
Walk Moray – the promotion of physical activity through Walk Moray.
Participation numbers
& Feedback
Age
Disability
Update 2025:
2019/20: 91 new walkers
2020/21: 18 Heath Walks delivered across Moray. Average 100 walkers per week. 60
new walkers registered.  Programme partially paused due to Covid-19 restrictions.
2021/22:15 Health Walks were running. Average 100 walkers per week. 92 new walkers
Page 8 of 31
Page 150

Page 151

APPENDIX 1
registered. 30 new volunteer walk leaders trained including 3 dementia friendly walk
leaders. Successful funding bid allowed delivery of a short Strength and Balance
programme.  8 outdoor sessions, 22 regular attendees supported by 8 volunteers.
2022/23: 18 Health Walks (1 dementia friendly health walk). Average 100 walkers per
week. 61 new walkers registered.
2023/24: 18 Health Walks (1 dementia friendly health walk). Average 100 walkers per
week. 78 new walkers registered. Addition of 2 weekly evening Health Walks in
Aberlour and Buckie following conversations and engagement within these
communities.
Feedback:
“Thanks to Walk Moray health walks, I now have the confidence to leave my house"
“It is now the best part of my week"
2024/25: 19 Health Walks including 2 evening walks and 1 supported housing walk and
1 dementia friendly health walk. Average 100 walkers per week. 122 new walkers
registered. 101 Active Walk Leaders. 
Feedback:
“I have more confidence in walking greater distances, my legs feel stronger and my
breathing is better”
“I have made friends and feel more connected into my local community”
g) Alcohol and drug, Carers and Advocacy services.
See above. 
Participation numbers
Participant Feedback
Staff Feedback
Age
Disability
Staff Wellbeing:
Moray Pharmacotherapy staff undertook sessions led by Staff Physio Service  including
workstation assessments, working safely with display screen equipment, desk
exercises, keeping fit for work and stress management .
Key
Focus
1.4 Individuals are connected with communities / locality planning
Ref Actions  Measures  key protected
characteristics
Page 9 of 31
Page 151

Page 152

APPENDIX 1
a) Update 2021:
Community Resilience – the provision of small grants and funds to improve community
health and wellbeing in line with Public Health Outcomes.
Participation numbers
Participant Feedback
Staff Feedback 
Age
Disability
Update 2025:
2019-22: Team redeployed
2022/23: £1337 Funding of resources.  Toolkit designed to support Moray schools
tackle rising issue of tobacco and vaping.
Mobile Information Bus training to Moray Vaccination Centre staff.  Resource used to
target ‘Cold Spots’ and deliver outreach vaccinations.
2023/24: Healthier Futures Funding received to deliver targeted Healthy Eating Active
Living programmes: Refresh and kick start delivery of Grow Well Choices programme
to Early Years Establishments in Moray Counterweight Core Funding (delivery of
weight management programme by MLC)
2024/25: Healthier Futures Funding: Delivery of Grow Well Choices Programme,
Counterweight Core Funding (delivery of weight management programme by MLC)
b) Update 2021:
Poverty Agenda - the provision of small grants and funds, via the Health Improvement
Fund and the Improvement Fund to improve the outcomes of the most vulnerable
groups living in poverty in Moray.
Participation numbers
Participant Feedback
Staff Feedback
Age
Disability
Update 2025:
2019/20: Health Improvement Fund – Programmes and Projects £32,920
2020/21: Health Improvement Fund – 10 Programmes and Projects funded £26,526
2021/22: Health Improvement Team – redeployed and reduced capacity
2022/23: Health Improvement Fund – 4 programmes and projects funded £3017
Third Sector Winter Support Fund - In January 2023, Health and Social Care Moray
Health Improvement Fund received £40k funding from the PH Directorate to support
Third Sector organisations during the cost-of-living crisis.
 tsiMoray supported with process planning.   
 43 of 46 applications went through to the decision-making panel following the
initial criteria screening.
 The decision-making panel included 3 x community groups representatives and
Page 10 of 31
Page 152

Page 153

APPENDIX 1
x2 Health Improvement Team representatives, independently facilitated by
tsiMoray.
 A total of 29 bids were approved (£38,908.74)
 22/23 - 14 programmes/projects supported £18,502
2023/24: Third Sector Winter Support Fund  - 15 programmes/projects supported
£20,406
Health Improvement Fund – 4 programmes and projects funded £4675
2024/25
Health Improvement Fund – 4 programmes and projects funded £4678
c) Update 2021:
In our Short Term Assessment and Re-ablement Team and Care at
Home Teams we follow the MEOC initiative (Making Every Opportunity Count), by
signposting and supporting Service Users to access services or opportunities in the
local community, such as ball groups, tea dances, coffee mornings etc. Increasing
these opportunities and helping to alleviate social isolation.   
These conversations
are recorded by Social
Care Assistants and
submitted to be added
to records 
All
d) Update 2021:
Our Housing Support Service at Woodview set service aims against a quality
framework for support services (care at home, including supported living) The aims
have been embedded into the Service Plan under “Peoples health and well-being
benefit from their care and support”. Support Plans are put together and implemented
to incorporate activities in the local community working with individuals and
families/guardians to achieve identified outcomes.   
Care Treatment and
Support Plan
Service Support Plan
Outcomes
Reviewed through
service user and staff
feedback
Disability 
e) Update 2021:
Moray Alcohol and Drugs Partnership (MADP) support small community projects
through tsiMoray and participatory budgets project, to improve the outcomes for
communities and enable local groups to develop and engage with local populations. 
tsiMoray reports and
liaison with community
projects.
Disability 
Page 11 of 31
Page 153

Page 154

APPENDIX 1
Equality Outcome 2 
Everyone across Moray (including those who share a protected characteristic and those who do not) has the opportunity for
equitable access to Health and Social Care Services.
This includes :-
• having access to person led Health and Social Care Services; 
• being supported to make informed decisions about their care, and 
• feeling they have more control of their lives
• being supported to live as independently as possible and to remain in their home or a homely setting for as long as possible. 
Strategic Theme: Partners in care- Making choices and taking control over decisions affecting our care and support 
Home First- Being supported at home or in a homely setting as possible 
Evidence from the strategic needs assessment: 
• Moray is characterised as remote and rural, and there are significant access challenges for some in the population to access
services. 
• Moray’s military and veteran population constitute a significant group, requiring general health services and specific services 
• Population is ageing, with a growing proportion represented by adulate over the age of 65, and growing numbers of adults aged
over 80, with implications for increasing morbidity 
• Care activity is highly demanding of informal carers, and there is evidence of distress in the informal carer population
Strategic Outcomes 
• Experience of services are positive Lives are healthier
• People live more independently
• Quality of Live is improved 
• Health inequalities are reduced
• People are safe
• Carers are supported
Key
Focus
2.1 Service users and their carers, are supported in accessing services. Services work proactively to develop ways for
people to access services remotely, reducing the need for people to travel.
Ref Actions  Measures  key protected
characteristics
Page 12 of 31
Page 154

Page 155

APPENDIX 1
a) Update 2021:
HSCM will continue to improve the Digital Health and Telecare Services available
in Moray for those people with a disability or who are elderly and cannot physically
access their local health services e.g.  Use of Near me in consultations 
Community Development Team have supported 80 people with protected
characteristics to access devices and training, to enable them to make use of digital
services and video consultations an essential aspect of this work.  Devices have also
been supplied to care homes. 
Numbers of
consultations
undertaken using
near me 
Satisfaction of
patients/clients 
All characteristics
b) Update 2021:
Implementation of telephone triage and near me (video assessment) in March 2020 –
easier access to the OOH Primary Care service to patients
Update 2025:
GMED continues to offer telephone advice as a nationally agreed case type. Advice
calls constitute the highest number of cases dealt with by the service as opposed to
the pre-pandemic levels, where Centre Consultations case type was most utilised.
‘Near me’ use within the service is not monitored, however, clinicians are encouraged
to use the tool in supporting assessment and treatment.
GMED is currently going through redesign whose aim is to enhance efficiency and
quality through streamlining of processes, developing and optimising resources to
deliver an efficient, person-centred and financially viable service delivery model,
through innovative approaches and restructuring of workflows. The vision of the
redesign is fully aligning with the Equality outcome 2 particularly with work on
reviewing pathways, access and capacity to support patients in rural and remote
locations in Moray
No. of consultations
completed using
virtual assessment
tool
All characteristics
c) Update 2021:
In our Residential Children’s Service at CALA the Young People in our service have
been supported to use the Near Me Service and other virtual means of accessing
Weekly
consultations for
some young people,
Age, disability and
ethnicity.
Page 13 of 31
Page 155

Page 156

APPENDIX 1
health care and support.  as required.
d) Update 2021:
Frequently, the older people the our Shared Lives Service support do not have family
members who live nearby and they struggle to access various services including
Opticians – eye tests and hearing tests including fitting of glasses and hearing airs,
dentists, Chiropodist, Specialists appointments etc. They may also lack capacity to
notice that their quality of life has become diminished e.g. hearing problems affecting
their ability to hear and interact with peers.
Carers provide
flexible support to
take users to
appointments 
Age
Disability 
Key
Focus
2.2 Services support individuals to identify and achieve their support outcomes using a variety of options. Self-
Direct Support is promoted
Ref Actions  Measures  key protected
characteristics
a) Update 2021:
In the START service all service users are asked to participate in their service looking
at choices, preferences, ability to maintain their independence, health and wellbeing.
This is recorded in their personal plan.  On the review document there are questions
relating to  their feedback on how we can improve the service and their involvement 
Reviews and feedback
are taken during and
when the service
ceases.
All
b) Update 2021:
In our Community Support Service users take part in the support planning and
reviews, they are encouraged to make their own recording (where possible) on the
service they received and whether their goals and outcomes were met. 
Through review
process 
Mental Health
Disability 
Age
c) Update 2021:
In our Housing Support Service at Woodview liaising with other health professional,
individuals, families and guardians to identify individuals requiring person led Health
and Social Care Services to transition into their own home with person centred
support packages tailored to meet the individual’s needs.
Number of transitions
achieved.
Disability
d) Update 2021: Updates and regular Disability
Page 14 of 31
Page 156

Page 157

APPENDIX 1
The multi-disciplinary team in our Housing Support Service covering Woodview and
Woodview Children and Young People  meet in collaboration with other services to
identify children’s needs for provision of a person centred Health and Social Care
Service. Identified staff then work alongside young person, family, professionals and
others to plan the process for transition into a person centred environment.
meetings   
e) Update 2021:
The Care at Home Service is available to all people with an assessed need for
support. The service agrees how it will be delivered to meet with the person’s
individual choices to remain safely at home for as long as possible. Part of the
assessment includes risk assessment and ensuring the service supports both
reducing risk and making informed choices about positive risk taking, if the person
makes that decision. Reviews at 6 weeks and 6 monthly thereafter include feedback
on the service and how improvements can be made.   
Reviews and feedback
are taken to identify
improvement.
All
Age
f) Update 2021:
Informal carers are supported to undertake their Adult Carer Support Plan to identify
their own support needs and if they have entitlement to Self- Direct Support
Increase in positive
responses for Carers
feeling supported
All 
Key
Focus
2.3 Service users should have a say in local service delivery services and more in involvement in designing and
delivering these services
Ref Actions  Measures  key protected
characteristics
a) Update 2021:
The IJB has an agreed communication, engagement and participation framework
which guides all activity. The Board has endorsed the National Standards for
Community Engagement which sets the best practice principles for the way public
bodies engage with communities.
Stakeholders are engaged in identifying and assessing needs and priorities,
developing strategies and plans, designing pathways and services, examples such
as;
• Making Recovery Real Partnership in mental health – carer groups for Ward 4
and Muirton
Number of people
getting involved in
service design
through co-production
and engagement
opportunities 
Increase in positive
responses relating to
satisfaction with
services provided
All
Page 15 of 31
Page 157

Page 158

APPENDIX 1
• Keith & East Locality Project – prior to Covid
• Engagement group for Moray Transformation Board 
Services seek feedback on existing services from service users/patients and carers
through a variety of means including conversations, monitoring surveys and feedback
forms
• Engagement with unpaid carers (Jan/Feb 2021) 
Update 2025:
The IJB actively encourages stakeholder engagement at every opportunity, ensuring
that service users have a meaningful say in local service delivery. This includes
representation on the board to foster inclusive decision-making. Additionally, the IJB
adheres to the 'Planning with People' guidance, emphasising collaborative
approaches in designing and delivering services.
Key
Focus
2.4 HSCM Services understand and support the needs of communities and individuals 
Ref Actions  Measures  key protected
characteristics
a) Update 2021:
Collation of the Joint Strategic Assessment and using information to base decisions
for service delivery across Moray
Joint Strategic Needs
Assessment updated
bi-annually 
All
Update 2025:
The Joint Strategic Needs Assessment was completed and approved in September
2024. HSCM is collaborating with NHSG to produce a JSNA for Grampian.
Add link
b) Update 2021:
Improving early assessment and responses to child neglect and poverty across
Children and Families Health Services.
A shared method has been identified and confirmed, through this, conditions for
change have been created and there is an understanding of the current system,
early assessments
and response
undertaken with
improved outcomes
for people involved
Age
Page 16 of 31
Page 158

Page 159

APPENDIX 1
including where there may be gaps.  
This includes adoption of NHS Grampian Neglect 7 Minute Brief and development
of Moray Child Poverty 7 Minute Brief that support discussions to ascertain current
levels of knowledge and understanding on neglect / poverty respectively and what
would support practitioners to improve/build on an early assessment and response
to this.   
Update 2025:
Implementation of the GCP2 in 2023: The Graded Care Profile 2 (GCP2) has been
implemented to support a multiagency assessment tool that identifies neglect and
promotes early intervention to improve outcomes for families. This tool provides an
evidence-based assessment for Health Visitors and School Nurses to identify and
document neglect effectively. It is planned to repeat the training in the future.
Early Identification and Intervention: The GCP2 supports early identification and
intervention of neglect in families. Although the training is currently on hold due to
staff not implementing this tool in practice, it remains a critical component of the
strategy to provide evidence-based assessments.
Poverty: The financial inclusion pathway is being updated and will be relaunched,
and plans are in place to embed a referral to the income maximisation form onto
MORSE. Confirmation is awaited to enable direct referrals from MORSE to the
Income Maximisation Team.
Monitoring Referrals: The Income Maximisation Team is now monitoring referrals
sent from Health Visiting and Family Nurse Partnership (FNP) teams. This measure
aims to improve the referral process and ensure that families receive the financial
support they need.
c) Update 2021:
SDMD data based, DAISY system, Recovery Outcomes Tool, MADP quarterly
reporting and MADP delivery plan. 
Agency and MADP
quarterly reporting 
Update 2025:
All patients registered in a Moray GP practice have access to a Medication Review.
Page 17 of 31
Page 159

Page 160

APPENDIX 1
Key
Focus
2.5 Informal carers are treated with values and principles of HSCM. They are supported and respected 
Ref Actions  Measures  key protected
characteristics
a) Update 2021:
Dedicated social worker assigned to providing assistance and support to informal
carers including the development of their Adult Carer Support Plan that helps
identify any additional support they require in their own right.
No. of Adult Carer
Support Plans
completed
Carers are supported
Age, 
Disability
Update 2025:
Young Carers in the School Nurse Pathway: The needs of young carers are
embedded in the School Nurse Pathway to ensure they receive the support and
respect they deserve.
Response to Requests: The School Nurse responds to requests for assistance from
the Named Person and contributes to the child's chronology, ensuring a
comprehensive understanding of the young carer's situation.
Wellbeing Assessment: The School Nurse performs a wellbeing assessment using
the GIRFEC (Getting It Right For Every Child) National Practice Model, which helps
to identify and address the specific needs of young carers.
Coordination of Health Aspects: The School Nurse coordinates the health aspects of
the child’s plan, ensuring that young carers receive appropriate health support.
Alerting Professionals: The School Nurse alerts other professionals to the specific
needs of young carers, ensuring continuous support.
Linking with Services: The School Nurse links with specialist children and adult
services as appropriate, providing a network of support.
Guidance Document: An NHS Grampian School Nurse Pathway guidance document
is awaiting implementation to standardise and enhance the support provided to
young carers.
Data Collection: Data is collected on the number of referrals to School Nurses and
the pathways young carers follow within the School Nurse Pathway. This helps to
monitor the effectiveness of the support provided and identify areas for
improvement.
Page 18 of 31
Page 160

Page 161

APPENDIX 1
Specialist School Nursing Contribution – Priority Areas Of Intervention - Specialist
school nursing: priority areas and pathways - gov.scot
b) Update 2021:
The MADP contract with Quarriers Carers and Arrows to support carers and
families.
Outcomes written
into contracts.
Services provide
quarterly
performance reports.
All 
Equality Outcome 3- 
Health and Social Care staff understand the needs of people with different protected characteristics, are able to support them
and promote diversity in the work they do.
Strategic Theme: Partners in care, Building resilience
Evidence: from Workforce Planning and Employee Information held by partner organisations (Moray Council and NHS Grampian)
Strategic Outcomes: 
• Staff and Carers are supported · 
• The Workforce continually improves ·
• Resources are used effectively and efficiently
Key
Focus
3.1 All staff to receive feedback and are given development opportunities aligned to the common values and
principles of HSCM
Ref Actions  Measures  key protected
characteristics
a) Update 2021:
In our Housing Support Service at Woodview which is an expanding service, a
keyworker development programme and pack was implemented to aid career
Number of Support
Workers participating
along with reviews
Disability
Page 19 of 31
Page 161

Page 162

APPENDIX 1
progression/aspirations.  The programme/pack was designed and put together
to help support staff gain the skills, knowledge and understanding to progress to
Keyworker job role as opportunities arose. This enhances staff skills within this
role and is beneficial in ensuring a consistent approach for individual service
users.
and feedback.
b) Update 2021:
The Staff team at our Residential Service at CALA have been supported in
enhancing their knowledge of local resources and enhancing practice skills
through attending training, mainly by virtual means (i.e., mental health
awareness training, ABI training). 
Training records,
feedback from staff
as to how training
impacts practice 
Age
All
c) Update 2021:
The MADP Workforce programme was put on hold at the start of the pandemic,
but was re-established with courses being provide using IT and video systems.
This has continued to develop with a full programme now running. 
Training records and
feedback.
All 
Key
Focus
3.2 All staff are aware of issues affecting health equalities and receive training, appropriate for their roles 
Ref Actions  Measures  key protected
characteristics
a) Update 2021:
Through the working leadership collaborative development of a programme to
help health care support workers to have difficult conversations with
patients/individuals. 
Participation numbers
Feedback from
participants.
Age (vulnerable
families). 
b) Update 2025:
Specialist School Nursing: Priority Areas and Pathways:
The refocused School Nurse role (for 5-19 years old) concentrates on ten priority
areas and represent public health priority areas and interventions which have
been found to be effective in preventing adverse childhood experiences (ACEs),
the impacts of which not only effect health and development potential in
childhood, but can also persist deep in to adulthood. 
Data is collected on
the number of
referrals to School
Nurses and the
pathways young
people follow within
the School Nurse
Age (vulnerable
families)
Sex 
Page 20 of 31
Page 162

Page 163

APPENDIX 1
Ten Supporting Pathways have been developed and implemented. 
Through current Scottish Government funding a local plan is in place to increase
the qualified school nursing staffing establishment and via local  investment,
increase the number of school nurses to  complete an MSc Advancing Practice
programme at Robert Gordon University in Aberdeen to become qualified
School Nurses.     
Pathway.
Update 2025:
Specialist School Nursing: Priority Areas and Pathways:
Prevention and Early Intervention: The school nursing role focuses on
prevention, early intervention, and support for the most vulnerable children over
five years old. This includes concentrating on ten priority areas under the
headings of vulnerable children and families, mental health and wellbeing, and
risk-taking behaviour.
Effective Interventions: Interventions in these areas have been found effective in
preventing ACEs and alleviating their short- and long-term effects. School
nurses play a crucial role in both preventing ACEs and mitigating their impacts
when they occur.
Staffing and Training: In 2024, Moray had one School Nurse qualify, with two
more due to qualify in 2025. However, there is insufficient funding to train
another School Nurse in 2025/2026.
Data Collection: This helps monitor the effectiveness of interventions and
identify areas for improvement.
Data is collected on
the number of
referrals to School
Nurses and the
pathways young
people follow within
the School Nurse
Pathway.
c) Making Every Opportunity Count Training
2019/20: 113 practitioners from 23 organisations trained
2020/21: No training delivered due to team redeployment
2021/22: MeOC training adapted and delivered virtually.
170 practitioners from a range of services attended MeOC training
Bespoke training was provided to the Moray Covid Vaccination administration
team.  Feedback from the team stated that they have increased confidence in
providing accurate signposting to services.
Participation numbers
Feedback from
participants.
Age
Disability
Page 21 of 31
Page 163

Page 164

APPENDIX 1
2022/23: 26 practitioners trained  
2023/24: 25 practitioners trained.
2024/25: MeOC session embedded in Moray Council Care at Home Induction.
185 practitioners trained.
Realistic Medicine and Shared Decision Making incorporated into MeOC
training.
Feedback:
“We weren't sure what MeOC was before the training session but now feel
confident using this in the community”
“Really good to have clarification of trusted places to refer clients to”
MeOC Ageing Well tool developed in partnership with HIS Frailty Collaborative.
Feedback:
“This is a great tool to have in my job role and in other community roles I am in”
d) Alcohol Brief Interventions Training
2019/21: 105 practitioners completed the ABI training session 
2021/22: 127 Practitioners completed the ABI training session
2022/23: 57 practitioners completed the ABI training session
2023/24: 33 practitioners completed the ABI training session
There is a notable increase in confidence of raising the issue of alcohol following
the training:
 25% increase reporting feeling extremely confident to raise the issue of
alcohol
 39% increase reporting feeling confident to raise the issue of alcohol
 0% reporting as feeling average in confidence to raise the issue of alcohol
 0% reporting feeling not confident to raise the issue of alcohol
2024/25: Q1 – 2 sessions delivered, 15 participants
Participation numbers
Feedback from
participants.
Age
Disability
e) Update 2021:
In our Housing Support Service covering Woodview and Woodview Children and
Young People they implemented a document to record sensitive information the
young person wished to share with staff members. Staff were instructed and
Review documents
and records regularly.
Disability  
Page 22 of 31
Page 164

Page 165

APPENDIX 1
shown how to use the system, record the information and when to report
concern to senior staff. 
g) Update 2021:
(See references above to MADP workforce programme).
The new DAISY (Drug and Alcohol Information System) was introduced in
December 2020. Staff have been trained and supported in using the system. 
Contracted agencies have workforce development and staff support systems in
place.
Agency and MADP
quarterly reports and
agencies contract
reviews. 
All 
Key
Focus
3.3 The health and wellbeing of staff is prioritised and supported. Opportunities for personal well-being, development
and learning are provided for all employees. 
Ref Actions  Measures  key protected
characteristics
a) Update 2021:
Health and Wellbeing – key health messages delivered via video and QR codes.
Telephone and MS Teams appointments for staff and staff supported via virtual t
breaks 
Participation numbers
Feedback from
participants.
Age
Disability
2019/20: HealthPoint staff continued to support colleagues via phone, email, and
in person. The Public Health Directorate organised various short, virtual stress
awareness and management courses, along with other public mental health
training for health, social care, and Third Sector staff.
2020/21: HealthPoint closed for walk-ins, and outreach services ceased due to
team redeployment. Telephone enquiries were welcomed. A Staff Health and
Wellbeing Group was established in response to Covid-19, with representatives
from NHSG and HSCM. HealthPoint supported staff health and wellbeing
through accessible information and supportive telephone appointments,
prioritising shielding individuals and those working remotely. In July, HealthPoint
reopened at designated times for staff only, offering general health and
Page 23 of 31
Page 165

Page 166

APPENDIX 1
wellbeing support, including healthy eating advice and smoking cessation.
2021/22: HealthPoint continued to support staff, handling 105 enquiries, many
related to Covid-19, vaccination, and testing procedures. HealthPoint
participated in virtual tea breaks for staff who were shielding or working from
home, providing practical advice on healthy eating, mental wellbeing, and sleep.
Eight virtual tea breaks were delivered. Short information videos on key health
topics were shared with staff and the public via social media. The Health
Improvement Team delivered a live presentation on promoting positive health
and wellbeing during Health Information Week.
2022/23:The HSCM Staff Health and Wellbeing newsletter, "We Care, Let's
Share," was created, with August and September briefings receiving 99 and 261
views, respectively. The We Care website was updated, and the newsletter was
discontinued. The Staff Health and Wellbeing Working Group was disbanded
due to poor attendance, with updates shared via an MS Teams channel.
2023/24: Monthly Monday drop-in sessions at Dr Gray’s Hospital focused on
women’s health topics, including menopause, providing peer support.
Approximately 18 staff members attended over 12 weeks. The sessions ended
due to reduced engagement, but continued support via HealthPoint was
encouraged.
2024/25: Health and wellbeing support was incorporated into The Moray
Vaccination Team study day, attended by 35 staff members. Staff were
supported in creating a team We Care information board.
Update 2025:
Wellbeing at Team Meetings: Regular team meetings include discussions on
wellbeing to ensure staff feel supported and valued.
Supervision for Qualified Staff: Qualified staff receive supervision to provide
guidance, support, and opportunities for professional development.
Wellbeing Resources: Wellbeing resources are shared on Teams, offering easy
Page 24 of 31
Page 166

Page 167

APPENDIX 1
access to information and tools that promote personal health and wellbeing.
Regular Breaks and Timely Leave: Staff are encouraged to take regular breaks
and leave work on time to maintain a healthy work-life balance.
b) Update 2025:
Walk Moray – promotion of physical activity through Walk Moray.    
2019/20: Health Walk for NHS Staff and Partners commenced
2022/23: NHSG Winter Step Count Challenge supported by Paths for All
2023/24: NHSG Winter Step Count Challenge supported by Paths for All
2024/25: NHSG Winter Step Count Challenge supported by Paths for All - Over
370 active teams and over 1,800 hundred active participants
Health Walk Coordinator achieved the Walk at Work Award through Paths for All,
promoting walking in the workplace Walk at Work Award | Paths for All.
Participation numbers
Feedback from
participants. 
Age
Disability
c) Update 2021:
taking lessons and experiences of staff who are shielding and working from
home at the same time, the service will continue with the home working model to
enable staff remain in the workplace. This would be done in conjunction with
OHS and GP to ensure staff are fit to work in some capacity within the home
environment. 
OHS assessments,
feedback from staff
disability/age/
pregnancy/race
Update 2025:
Following the pandemic recovery, staff have returned with a hybrid model of
working, where applicable. Hybrid working is beneficial for staff wellbeing as it
offers greater flexibility, allowing employees to balance work and personal life
more effectively. This approach also reduces commuting stress and time leading
to improved mental health and productivity.
d) Update 2021:
Within all Provider Service Teams, the Time for Talking service was added in
updates for people who felt they needed confidential advice and support for any
personal issues they were going through. 
Voluntary and
Confidential 
All Protected
characteristics are
included 
e) Update 2021: Feedback from All  
Page 25 of 31
Page 167

Page 168

APPENDIX 1
In all of our Provider Service Teams, regular updates on COVID-19
communicated to the workforce as they become available. This included
information from HSCM, Moray Council, the Care Inspectorate, Health Protection
Scotland and NHS Grampian.   Social Care Assistants kept service users
updated on issues which were relevant to them to maintain appropriate
protection for employees and people using services
No update for 2025 due to end of pandemic response.
employees
f) Update 2021:
All teams within our Independent Living Service were given information on
Health and wellbeing. This included emails with information on looking after
yourself and your mental health also, invitations to webinars discussing Health
and wellbeing. 
It was voluntary
participation
All  Protected
Characteristics are
be included
g) Update 2021:
In all of our Provider Service Teams, staff support during the pandemic has been
maintained by; 
Daily, weekly, monthly oversight meetings;
• regular updates and new or amended information immediately;
• Having access to a central point to discuss any processes or fears;   
• Having access to appropriate PPE;
• Early access to vaccination programmes;
• Access to Lateral Flow testing;
Access to Time for talking which is a confidential advice service available to
council employees. 
Feedback from
employees
All
h) Update 2021:
See references to MADP workforce development above. 
Contracted agencies have staff support systems in place.
Quarterly contract
review meetings 
Page 26 of 31
Page 168

Page 169

APPENDIX 1
Review of Equality Outcomes set out in 2021-2024 report
What we said: A key priority will be to continue the review work completed to date incorporating the potential health and social care debt impacts
and consequences of Covid to ensure that key focus is directed to the greatest need. We will consult more widely with communities to ensure
they reflect their desired outcomes and to further develop the reporting of data against the measures identified. This information will be reported
to the Strategic Planning and Commissioning Group (SPCG), which will have oversight and be able to provide clear recommendations in relation
to how Equality Issues are supported, governed, monitored and driven forward. SPCG will also explore how our commissioning activity, both
internal and external, can better support the delivery of equality outcomes.
Moray Community Appointment Day
To address post-Covid waiting times, HSCM organised an event for people with joint, bone, and muscle problems. Over 120 attendees received
support from physiotherapists, podiatrists, occupational therapists, nutritionists, and dietitians at Moray Sports Centre in Elgin. Charities and
community groups also provided advice on mental health, cost of living, arthritis, home energy costs, and general fitness. A video link to the
event is available here.
Day Opportunities Team
The pandemic led to the closure of building-based day services, prompting service transformation. Extensive engagement revealed a need for
person-centered, flexible support options. Self-Directed Support (SDS) Enablers and the Social Work team developed individualised support
plans, benefiting around 100 carers and care recipients. The approach focused on communication, relationship building, and supporting unpaid
carers to achieve 'a good life.' Following a successful pilot, MIJB approved the permanent implementation in June 2022, with three additional
SDS Enablers recruited by October 2022. Positive feedback from service users highlights the impact, such as improved mental health and
wellbeing.
The positive impact of this transformation is reflected in feedback from service users, including: 'I can't believe how much you have done for D,
which has really benefitted her mental health and wellbeing.'"
Engagement with Equality Groups
What we said: We recognise that people with protected characteristics must help shape our equality goals - this is both a legal requirement and
essential for effective outcomes. Though COVID-19 limited our engagement efforts, we are forming a dedicated working group to Priorities
identified in Equalities and Mainstreaming Report 2019/21 address this gap. This group will improve how we connect with diverse communities,
making it easier for everyone to participate in developing and reviewing our services. We are committed to ensuring all voices are heard as we
move forward.
Page 27 of 31
Page 169

Page 170

APPENDIX 1
Carers Strategy – Engagement/Feedback
In January 2021, during the COVID-19 pandemic, engagement sessions were held with unpaid carers to explore what a meaningful break would
look like for them. This feedback was incorporated into wider engagement sessions for developing the Moray Carers Strategy "Recognised,
Valued, Supported" (2023-2026).
Wider Engagement Sessions
Focus groups were conducted in August 2021, followed by an online survey launched on 1st October 2021, which remained open for four weeks.
The survey received 181 responses, with 85% identifying as female and 15% as male. Nearly half of the respondents provided care for more
than 50 hours per week.
Key Findings
 Time for Self: Carers expressed the need for "time for me" and "a few hours to myself—a whole day would be bliss" to support their health
and wellbeing.
 Pursuing Hobbies: Carers wanted "time out for myself to pursue hobbies whilst my partner was cared for in my absence" to maintain a life
alongside their caring role.
 Rest and Relaxation: Carers highlighted the importance of "catching up on sleep" and "a day out of the house relaxing" as essential
components of a meaningful break.
Making Recovery Real (MRR) Partnership
Value of Lived Experience in Service Improvements
HSCM values the contributions of those with lived and living experience in enhancing service improvements. The MRR Partnership, established
in 2014/15, exemplifies this by balancing lived experience with professional expertise to deliver the local mental health and wellbeing strategy.
The partnership, which meets both offline and online, follows a strengths-based approach underpinned by the CHIME recovery framework. It
emphasises sharing skills, knowledge, and resources in a mutually supportive manner.
Collaboration with Moray Wellbeing Hub
HSCM collaborates with the Moray Wellbeing Hub, a local social enterprise, on the 'Collective Voice' initiative. This initiative gathers and shares
feedback from individuals with lived mental health experiences. It has led to the integration of lived experience peers in inpatient mental health
wards and influenced the procurement of mental health support contracts in late 2024. The Hub also facilitates peer support and training events
across Moray and undertakes specific projects funded by organisations like the Drug and Alcohol Partnership.
Page 28 of 31
Page 170

Page 171

APPENDIX 1
Co-Production in Commissioning and Procurement
In recent commissioning and procurement efforts, HSCM and representatives with lived experience co-produced the service specifications.
Community members with lived experience participated in the evaluation panel, scoring submissions and influencing the awarding of contracts.
Horizon Scanning
What we said:  Future Planning
We are enhancing our ability to identify potential inequalities early, especially for vulnerable groups, to take timely action and access resources.
The Independent Review of Adult Social Care in Scotland will guide our approach as we implement its key recommendations.
Service Development
The new Self-Directed Support (SDS) standards will expand understanding of SDS options and focus on personal outcomes through our 3
Conversations model. We are also updating the Moray Carer Strategy to support the increasing number of unpaid carers for our aging population
and those with long-term conditions. Additionally, we are monitoring the impact of new legislation, including Human Rights in Scots Law, on our
services.
Self-Directed Support (SDS)
The SDS Framework of Standards (2024) aligns with the Social Care (Self-Directed Support) (Scotland) Act 2013. The 12 standards and practice
statements support system changes to implement SDS principles, improve practice, and ensure consistency for care recipients. A self-evaluation
will benchmark progress against these standards. The re-established SDS Steering Group will provide governance and oversight.
The re-establishment of the SDS Steering group will provide the necessary governance and oversight, in embedding the SDS principles in line
with the national SDS Framework of Standards.
The Human Rights Bill
The Human Rights Bill for Scotland is currently in development but has faced some delays.
The Scottish Government has committed to introducing this legislation to incorporate:
1. The International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights (ICESCR)
2. The Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination against Women (CEDAW)
3. The Convention on the Elimination of Racial Discrimination (CERD)
4. The Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities (CRPD)
The bill has not yet been formally introduced to Parliament.
Page 29 of 31
Page 171

Page 172

APPENDIX 1
New Scots
 
Moray has welcomed 19 asylum-seeking young people via the National Transfer Scheme, adopting the term 'New Scots' instead of 'Unaccompanied Asylum
Seeking Children' (UASC). Upon arrival, they are supported by the Throughcare & Aftercare Team as Looked After Children and provided accommodation
based on their needs. To date, 12 New Scots have been granted asylum, with some moving to their own tenancies or starting courses, while others relocated to
cities like Glasgow and London to be closer to their communities. For example, two young people have moved to their own tenancies in Moray and one young
person started a course at Dundee College. 
Moray Mental Health Strategic Group
The Moray Mental Health Strategic Group, established in 2024 has delivered the following outcomes:
Created a comprehensive Moray mental health service delivery plan with clearly defined development priorities, developed with direct input from
people accessing services and operational staff.
Established a multi-service governance framework that monitors, evaluates and reports on mental health service delivery across Moray, bringing
together third sector and public sector services.
Developed early intervention, prevention and self-management resources and protocols.
Implemented a structured approach to mental health service improvement organised around five quality standards:
1. Mental Health Quality Standard 1: Access
2. Mental Health Quality Standard 2: Assessment, Care Planning, Treatment & Support
3. Mental Health Quality Standard 3: Moving between and out of services
4. Mental Health Quality Standard 4: Workforce
5. Mental Health Quality Standard 5: Governance & accountability
Created a regular reporting system with six-monthly progress updates to the MIJB.
Achieved integration of perspectives across sectors, establishing a whole-system approach to mental health service delivery in Moray.
Page 30 of 31
Page 172

Page 173

APPENDIX 1
Working with our Partners
What we said: We will work closely with our partners across the public sector to meet our equality duties, particularly in areas like employment
practices and procurement. We will continue collaborating with Integrate Grampian to better understand our diverse population's needs and
coordinate our equality efforts throughout the region.
Frailty
Over the past 18 months, Health and Social Care Moray participated in the National Frailty Collaborative, resulting in a Frailty Action Plan
aligned with Grampian initiatives. Key outcomes include:
 Creating conditions for a whole-system approach to frailty, encompassing community initiatives, early identification in Primary Care, and
various interventions.
 Early identification of frailty in primary and secondary care settings.
 Proactive integrated planning and case management for optimal individual outcomes.
 Engaging the public, health and social care staff, and third sector/community groups to promote healthy aging practices.
 Collaborating with the Digital Health Institute to maximise digital innovation for prevention, early intervention, condition monitoring, and
self-management.
 Integrating Moray’s frailty initiatives with the broader NHS Grampian Frailty Network.
The Moray Frailty Delivery Group continues to progress this work, collaborating closely with leads in Aberdeen City and Aberdeen Shire through
the Grampian Frailty Group.
Page 31 of 31
Page 173

Page 174

Find out more about the Moray Integration Joint Board and Health &
Social Care Moray on our website:
https://hscmoray.co.uk/index.html
Follow us on social media
Facebook @hscmoray
Instagram @hscmoray
For further information contact:
Health & Social Care Moray
Moray Council Offices
High Street
Elgin
Moray IV30 1BX
Gram.hscmcorporate@nhs.scot
MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD
Equality Progress Report 2021-2024
Appendix 1
Page 174

Page 175

Equality Mainstreaming
& Outcomes
MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD
Report for 2025-2029
APPENDIX 2
Page 175

Page 176

Page 2 
Contents
This report provides an overview of progress made in achieving Moray
Integration Joint Board’s equality outcomes over the last five years. It
identifies areas for improvement and priorities for the next four years in
relation to equalities mainstreaming. The report is compliant with the Equality
Act 2010, supplementary regulations and guidance issued by the Equality and
Human Rights Commission.
Executive Summary
Legal Context
Strategic Context
Our Approach to Equality
Protected Characteristics
Key Findings from Equality Data
Engagement
Mainstreaming Equality in MIJB
Equality Impact Assessments
Leadership and Structure
Getting It Right for Everyone (GIRFE)
Governance and Accountability
Monitoring and Reporting
Equality Outcomes 2025-2029
Conclusion
Equalities Outcomes for 2025-2029
3
4
4
4
5
6
9
10
11
12
12
13
13
14
15
16
Page 176

Page 177

Page 3
This report presents the equality outcomes Health and Social Care Moray (HSCM) aims
to achieve between 2025 and 2029. Our objectives align with the Strategic Delivery
Plan, meet statutory duties under the Equality Act 2010, and support Scotland’s National
Health and Wellbeing Outcomes.
We have identified seven key equality outcomes (Appendix 1) aimed at reducing
and enhancing services for Moray’s residents, particularly those with protected
characteristics and socio-economic disadvantages.
The seven key equality outcomes include:
• Enhancing equity in service access and delivery
• Supporting carers with flexible and inclusive services
• Providing sustainable housing solutions for individuals with learning disabilities.
• Supporting children and young people affected by substance use.
• Promoting inclusive workforce development.
• Strengthening community engagement and participation.
• Redesigning adult day services to be person-centred and community-based
Through these outcomes, we aim to create a fairer, more inclusive health and social
care system in Moray.
Executive Summary
Page 177

Page 178

Page 4 
HSCM operates within a complex legislative framework, including:
•	 Equality Act 2010: Places general and specific duties on public bodies to eliminate
discrimination, advance equality, and foster good relations
•	 Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Scotland) Act 2014: Establishes integration
authorities and sets requirements for service planning and delivery
•	 Fairer Scotland Duty: Requires consideration of how to reduce inequalities of
outcome resulting from socio-economic disadvantage
•	 Human Rights Act 1998: Ensures public services respect and protect fundamental
human rights
This Report supports:
• HSCM Strategic Delivery Plan 2025-2028
• Moray Integration Joint Board Strategic Plan ‘Partners in Care 2022-2032’
• Scotland’s nine National Health and Wellbeing Outcomes
• Grampian-wide equality initiatives
Vision for Equality: “People in Moray experience fair access, respectful services, and
equitable outcomes regardless of their personal characteristics or circumstances.”
Principles
•	 Involvement: Ensuring those affected by our work can meaningfully shape it.
•	 Evidence-based: Using data and lived experience to identify and address
inequalities.
•	 Mainstreaming: Embedding equality in everything we do, not treating it as an add-
on.
•	 Partnership: Working across agencies to address complex inequality issues.
•	 Intersectionality: Recognising people may experience multiple forms of
disadvantage.
Legal Context
Strategic Context
Our Approach to Equality
Page 178

Page 179

Page 5
We recognise our specific duties toward people with the following protected
characteristics:
• Age
• Disability
• Gender reassignment
• Marriage and civil partnership
• Pregnancy and maternity
• Race
• Religion or belief
• Sex
• Sexual orientation
Socio-Economic Duty
We acknowledge that poverty often overlaps with other disadvantages, worsening
health inequalities. Our equality outcomes therefore also consider socio-economic
disadvantages in health and social care.
Protected Characteristics
Page 179

Page 180

Page 6 
Our equality outcomes are informed by:
• Joint Strategic Health Needs Assessment (2024)
• Service usage patterns across different groups
• Health inequality data for Moray
• Feedback from people and community members
• National evidence on healthcare disparities
Where we do not have detailed HSC Moray data, we have liaised with our partners
(Moray Council and NHS Grampian) to identify issues of relevance to our local area.
Examples from across Grampian include a piece of work to understand ways of
increasing uptake of screening amongst vulnerable groups, a Health Needs Assessment
for Asylum Seekers across Grampian, and the specific needs of people with drug and
alcohol issues when they are accessing hospital services within Grampian.
Key findings include:
•	 Age: Aging population in Moray creating increased demand for services.
•	 Disability: Higher barriers to accessing mental health services.
•	 Rurality: Geographic isolation compounds issues for those with protected
characteristics.
•	 Digital Access: Digital exclusion affecting older people and those on low incomes.
Population Health: The assessment highlighted an aging population in Moray, with a
significant increase in the number of residents aged 65 and over. This demographic
shift is expected to increase demand for health and social care services (see Outcomes
1 and 5).
Chronic Conditions: There is a rising prevalence of chronic conditions such as diabetes,
cardiovascular diseases, and respiratory illnesses. The JSNA emphasized the need for
enhanced preventive measures and enhanced management strategies to address
these conditions (see Outcomes 1 and 3).
Mental Health: Mental health issues, particularly among younger populations, were
identified as a growing concern. The report called for improved mental health services
and support systems to cater to this demographic (see Outcomes 4 and 6).
Unpaid Carers: The assessment acknowledged the critical role of unpaid carers in the
community, noting that there are between 700,000 and 800,000 unpaid carers across
Scotland. It stressed the importance of providing adequate support and resources to
these individuals (see Outcomes 2 and 7).
Key Findings from
Equality Data
Page 180

Page 181

Page 7
Service Integration: The JSNA underscored the need for better integration of health
and social care services to ensure seamless and efficient delivery of care. This includes
enhancing communication and coordination between different service providers (see
Outcomes 1 and 5).
Resource Allocation: The report highlighted the necessity of optimizing resource
allocation to meet the growing and changing needs of the population. This involves
strategic planning and investment in key areas such as workforce development and
infrastructure (see Outcomes 1 and 7).
However, we recognise that there are gaps, for example, around the specific needs
of people with learning disabilities, people who experience gender based violence,
people who use services intensively and ethnicity data that is poorly recorded. We will
be undertaking further work over the next couple of years to understand the needs and
views of particularly vulnerable populations in Moray in more depth.  There are also
limitations in the data; for example, service activity only tells us about those who use
services and not about those who need services but are not able to access them. These
findings aim to guide the strategic planning and decision-making processes of the
Moray IJB to improve health and social care outcomes for the local population.
Page 181

Page 182

Page 8 
Asylum Seekers Health Needs Assessment
HSCM also participated in an exercise to understand the health needs of asylum
seekers across Grampian.
These recommendations arising from the needs assessment seek to ensure that
asylum seekers receive the right care, at the right time, in the right place.
1. Information sharing
A process of data sharing to understand the composition of the asylum seeker
population has been established. This process must be adapted to fit the changing
landscape of support for asylum seekers, including the withdrawal of the Aberdeen
City health care navigator team. We need to acknowledge that the recommendations
following this one will not succeed unless this data sharing is continued.
2. Enabling access
Both in terms of language and systems, asylum seekers need assistance and support
to navigate the health care system. This assistance would ideally take the form
of consistent team, allowing asylum seekers to build trusting relationships with a
single point of contact. The value of less tangible support (such as assistance with
transport and route planning) provided by those who assist with navigation cannot
be overestimated. Language support will require different parts of the health care
system to provide information to asylum seekers in an accessible format. There needs
to be recognition that an accessible format might require information to be provided
in a language other than English, and may need to be verbal or recorded to avoid
assumptions of literacy.
3. Health improvement
We need to recognise that asylum seekers are entitled to the same health care
provided to UK citizens living in Scotland. As such, there is an impetus to identify and
remove barriers to engagement in relevant screening programmes, and other services
that manage long-term conditions and risk factors, including dental and mental health
care.
4. Protecting health
In order to protect individual and population health, asylum seekers will need support to
engage with care that protects health, including screening for relevant communicable
diseases (TB, blood borne viruses) and vaccination to prevent disease. We need to
ensure we can demonstrate people in the asylum seeker population have been given
the opportunity to consent to care that protects health, or that they have had the
chance to make a truly informed choice and have refused to consent to such care.
This might rely on the utilisation of existing, or development of new datasets and data
Spotlight
Page 182

Page 183

Page 9
Engagement is crucial for ensuring that our services meet the needs of the community.
Although we were unable to conduct formal engagement for this report, we utilised
data from the 2024 Joint Strategic Needs Assessment and the recent Strategic Delivery
Plan to inform our report. This approach ensures alignment with our service delivery
plan, prevents duplication of efforts, and addresses the needs identified in the strategic
needs assessment. We prioritised collaboration with services that had already engaged
in their planning processes to ensure comprehensive and inclusive outcomes. We also
considered the Joint Delivery Plan of NHS Grampian, our key partner, to ensure cohesive
and integrated service delivery
Engagement
collection procedures. Such datasets could be informed by a retrospective analysis of
the asylum seeker population to establish which asylum seekers have already had TB
screening, for example. Making this recommendation operational will require objectives
to be specific, measurable, achievable, relevant and time-bound.
5. Learning lessons
The lessons learnt from working with the asylum seeker population may be applicable
to other vulnerable groups with complex needs across the health care system. Learning
could be disseminated across the system to improve the care offered to these groups
and prevent duplication of efforts to reach vulnerable people with complex needs.
Page 183

Page 184

Page 10 
Mainstreaming equality for the Moray Integration Joint Board (MIJB) means integrating
equality considerations into every aspect of their work. This approach ensures that
equality is embedded in all aspects of the IJB and Health and Social Care Moray
(HSCM) operations, from strategic planning to service delivery. The goal is to make
equality and fairness an integral part of the IJB’s culture, rather than treating them as
additional considerations. For instance, during budget planning, the IJB evaluates how
funding decisions might impact groups identified under protected characteristics and
those facing economic challenges. HSCM is dedicated to embedding equality in every
part of our operations. We will set clear equality outcomes, monitor progress regularly,
and ensure accountability. We prioritise inclusive policy-making by actively involving
stakeholders in decision-making processes. NHS Grampian and Moray Council provide
training for staff on equality and diversity to foster a more inclusive workplace culture.
By embedding these practices, HSCM strives to create a more equitable and responsive
health and social care system.
To ensure equality is embedded rather than seen as an add-on, we will:
•	 Conduct Integrated Impact Assessments (IIAs): Prioritise IIAs for all service changes
and policies to identify and address potential inequalities.
•	 Engage Stakeholders: Actively involve stakeholders in the development and review
of policies and services to ensure diverse perspectives are considered.
•	 Provide Training: Offer ongoing training for staff on equality and diversity to enhance
their understanding and ability to implement inclusive practices
Mainstreaming Equality
in MIJB
Page 184

Page 185

Page 11
Equality Impact Assessments (EIAs) are essential for ensuring that all policies,
practices, and decisions are inclusive and equitable. HSCM uses Integrated Impact
Assessments (IIAs), which combine elements from NHS Grampian and Moray Council.
IIAs help to identify and address potential inequalities affecting staff, service users,
and the wider community. Systematic evaluation of actions on different protected
characteristics allows HSCM to prevent discrimination, promote fairness, and enhance
service effectiveness. This commitment to equality fosters a culture of respect and
inclusivity, leading to better health and wellbeing outcomes.
The process involves:
•	 Identifying Potential Inequalities: Assessing how proposed changes may impact
different protected characteristics.
•	 Mitigating Adverse Effects: Developing strategies to address and mitigate any
identified inequalities.
•	 Promoting Inclusivity: Ensuring that all policies and practices promote inclusivity
and respect.
•	 Enhancing Service Effectiveness: Continuously improving services based on
feedback and systematic evaluation.
Equality Impact
Assessments
Page 185

Page 186

Page 12 
MIJB Structure and Staff
The MIJB includes residents with experience using health and care services, local
councillors, NHS Board members, staff from the Health and Social Care Partnership, and
a representative from voluntary organizations.
The board convenes monthly, alternating between formal meetings, where decisions
are made (these meetings are web-cast and accessible to the public, with recordings
available online for six months), and informal development sessions for in-depth
discussions on specific issues such as finance, strategy, and current topics.
Organisations or groups can make deputations to the formal meetings through a
spokesperson. All MIJB papers are accessible on the Council website. The MIJB has two
sub-committees: Audit, Performance and Risk, and Clinical and Care Governance.
The MIJB employs only two staff members, the Chief Officer and the Chief Finance
Officer, and is therefore not required to publish gender pay gap information or
statements on equal pay.
The MIJB continues to collaborate with its partners to ensure that the Moray Health and
Social Care Partnership benefits from a diverse workforce that reflects the residents of
Moray and promotes fairness. Additional workforce information is available in reports
from  Moray Council and NHS Grampian, which can be found online.
Moray Health and Social Care Partnership has committed to being a pathfinder for
GIRFE. This involves co-designing the approach with Scottish Government. GIRFE
represents a multi-agency approach to health and social care support and services
spanning from young adulthood to end of life care. It will establish the future practice
model for health and social care professionals in HSCM, and influence the design and
delivery of services, ensuring people’s needs are met appropriately.
GIRFE aims to provide a more personalised pathway to access help and support when
needed. It places individuals at the centre of all decision-making affecting them, with
a meaningful and consistent approach regardless of the support required at any life
stage.
Moray Health and Social Care Partnership are currently embedding the GIRFE toolkit and
principles into the planning and delivery of services.
Leadership and Structure
Getting It Right for
Everyone (GIRFE)
Page 186

Page 187

Page 13
Responsibility for delivering these equality outcomes is structured as follows:
MIJB: Ultimate accountability for equality outcomes
•	 Chief Officer: Executive leadership
•	 Strategic Planning Group: Ensuring alignment with strategic priorities
•	 Service Managers: Implementation within service areas
•	 All Staff: Contributing to equality in daily practice
Our parent organisations, as the employing bodies, NHS Grampian and Moray Council
have detailed specific outcomes detailed within their plans for staff with protected
characteristics. The ethos of these plans is strongly reinforced within HSCM.
To ensure accountability and continuous improvement, progress will be monitored
through the following mechanisms:
•	 Bi-annual progress reports to the MIJB: Detailed updates on the implementation of
equality outcomes.
•	 Service user feedback mechanisms: Regularly collecting and analysing feedback
from service users.
•	 Staff equality surveys: Gathering insights from staff about workplace equality and
inclusivity.
•	 Integrated Impact Assessments (IIAs): Evaluating the impact of policies and
practices on different protected characteristics.
Governance and
Accountability
Monitoring and Reporting
Page 187

Page 188

Page 14 
Based on our evidence review and aligned with both our Strategic Delivery Plan
and National Health and Wellbeing Outcomes, we have established seven equality
outcomes for 2025-2029, see Appendix A.
National Health and Wellbeing Outcomes
The Equality Outcomes have been developed to align with the nine National Health and
Wellbeing Outcomes that have been set by the Scottish Government. Each Integration
Joint Board (IJB) uses these outcomes to set their local priorities.
Equality Outcomes
2025-2029
People are able to look after, improve their own health and wellbeing, and live in good
health for longer.
People, including those with disabilities or long-term conditions, or who are frail,
are able to live, as far as reasonably practicable, independently and at home or in a
homely setting in their community.
People who use health and social care services have positive experiences of those
services, and have their dignity respected.
Health and social care services are centred on helping to maintain or improve the
quality of life of people who use those services.
Health and social care services contribute to reducing health inequalities.
People who provide unpaid care are supported to look after their own health and
wellbeing, including reducing any negative impact of their caring role on their own
health and well-being.
People who use health and social care services are safe from harm.
People who work in health and social care services feel engaged with the work they
do and are supported to continuously improve the information, support, care and
treatment they provide.
Resources are used effectively and efficiently in the provision of health and social
care services.
Page 188

Page 189

Page 15
These equality outcomes demonstrate HSCM’s dedication to fostering a fairer, more
inclusive health and social care system in Moray. Our alignment with the Strategic
Delivery Plan and the National Health and Wellbeing Outcomes ensures that equality is
embedded in all our activities. This approach enables us to deliver services that meet
the diverse needs of Moray’s population, ensuring that everyone, regardless of their
background or circumstances, can access high-quality care. We invite all stakeholders
to join us in this commitment to equality and inclusivity, working together to build a
healthier, more equitable community.
Conclusion
Page 189

Page 190

Page 16 
Equalities Outcomes
for 2025-2029
Page 190

Page 191

Page 17
Outcome Statement:  Provide accessible services that support
people to remain safe in their own homes through person-centred
care and digital transformation.
Protected Characteristic: Age/Disability
Ensuring that all individuals, regardless of their background or personal circumstances,
have equal access to high quality, person-centred home care services. This approach
promotes inclusivity, reduces inequalities, and enhances the overall well-being of
people, enabling them to remain safe and independent in their own homes.
Strategic Theme: Home First/Partners in Care
National Health and Wellbeing Outcomes:
Outcome 2: People, including those with disabilities or long-term conditions, or who are
frail, are able to live, as far as reasonably practicable, independently and at home or in
a homely setting in their community.
Outcome 7: People who use health and social care services are safe from harm.
Key Actions:
1. Person-Centred Care:
•	 Conduct comprehensive assessments to understand the individual needs and
preferences.
•	 Develop personalised care plans prioritising safety and well-being.
•	 Offer flexible care options that adapt to changing needs.
2. Digital Transformation:
•	 Implement digital tools and technologies, such as telehealth consultations and
remote monitoring systems.
•	 Provide training and support to individuals and caregivers to ensure they can
effectively use digital tools.
3. Safety Measures:
•	 Equip homes with safety devices and technologies, such as fall detectors and
emergency alarms.
•	 Offer regular check-ins and monitoring for ongoing safety of individuals living
independently.
4. Community-Based Support:
•	 Engage with community organisations to create a network of support services.
•	 Promote awareness of available services within the community.
5. Monitoring and Evaluation:
•	 Regularly monitor the effectiveness of services.
•	 Collect feedback to continuously improve quality and accessibility.
Performance Indicators:
•	 Increased satisfaction levels among individuals.
•	 Higher engagement in digital care services and remote monitoring.
•	 Improved well-being and safety outcomes.
Page 191

Page 192

Page 18 
2. Outcome Statement: Paid and unpaid carers will be given choice,
opportunities, and support to care for their loved ones, ensuring their
well-being enabling them to balance their caring responsibilities with
their personal lives.
Protected Characteristic: Age/Disability/Gender/Race
Carers can be of any age, gender, and racial background and many provide care for
those with disabilities. Addressing these characteristics ensures that all carers receive
equal support and opportunities.
National Health and Wellbeing Outcomes:
Outcome 6: People who provide unpaid care are supported to look after their own health
and wellbeing, including to reduce any negative impact of their caring role on their own
health and wellbeing
Outcome 4: Health and social care services are centred on helping to maintain or
improve the quality of life of people who use those services.
Health & Social Care Strategic Priority : Building Resilience/Home First/
Partners in Care
Key Actions:
1. Choice and Flexibility:
•	 Develop flexible care plans for carers and those they care for.
•	 Provide options for short breaks and respite care to ensure they are person centred.
2. Opportunities for Development:
•	 Offer training and development programs for staff to promote awareness raising and
early identification of carers.
•	 Develop and roll out Care Aware Campaign to support awareness raising
•	 Create pathways for employment opportunities within the health and social care
sector, recognising their valuable experience.
3. Support Systems:
•	 Establish support groups and networks for carers.
•	 Develop access to mental health services and counselling.
4. Financial and Practical Assistance:
•	 Provide financial support and benefits to unpaid carers.
•	 Work with local businesses to offer discounts to unpaid carers as part of the Carer
Aware campaign.
•	 Offer practical assistance, such as transportation services and home modifications.
5. Inclusive Policies:
•	 Develop policies that recognise the diverse needs of carers.
•	 Promote awareness of the role of carers within the community.
Performance Indicators:
•	    • Increased satisfaction levels among carers.
•	    • Higher participation rates in training programs.
•	    • Improved mental health and well-being outcomes.
•	    • Enhanced financial stability for unpaid carers.
•	    • Greater inclusivity in policy-making and service delivery.
Page 192

Page 193

Page 19
3. Outcome Statement: Support people with learning disabilities and
their families in maintaining their health and wellbeing, and establishing
tenancies in new supported accommodation.
Protected Characteristic: Disability/Age
Ensuring that all individuals with learning disabilities, regardless of their background
or personal circumstances, have equal access to sustainable accommodation
and support services. This approach promotes inclusivity, reduces inequalities, and
enhances the overall well-being.
National Health and Wellbeing Outcomes:
Outcome 2: People, including those with disabilities or long-term conditions, or who are
frail, are able to live, as far as reasonably practicable, independently and at home or in
a homely setting in their community.
Outcome 4: Health and social care services are centred on helping to maintain or
improve the quality of life of people who use those services.
Health & Social Care Strategic Priority : Home First
Key Actions:
1. Collaboration with Partners:
•	 Contribute to a Grampian wide Health Needs Assessment of adults with learning
disabilities.
•	 Work with housing associations, local authorities, and support organisations.
•	 Establish regular communication with partners.
2. Establishing Tenancies:
•	 Assist in navigating the tenancy process.
•	 Provide support during the transition to new accommodation.
3. Sustainable Accommodation Projects:
•	 Continue and develop new LD Housing Projects.
•	 Expand the availability of supported accommodation within Moray.
4. Support Services:
•	 Offer ongoing support services, including access to healthcare, and community
activities.
•	 Provide training and resources to families and caregivers.
5. Monitoring and Evaluation:
•	 Regularly monitor housing projects and tenants well-being.
•	 Collect feedback to improve housing provision.
Performance Indicators:
•	 Increased number of successful tenancies.
•	 Higher satisfaction levels among tenants and families.
•	 Successful continuation and expansion housing projects.
•	 Improved well-being and quality of life for individuals.
Page 193

Page 194

Page 20 
4. Outcome Statement: Support children and young people affected by
their own or someone else’s drug or alcohol use. Ensure they can easily
access support from their school and other services, and that families are
supported to find their own recovery.
Protected Characteristic: Age/Disability/Race/Gender/Religion or Belief/
Sexual Orientation
Ensuring that all children and young people, regardless of their background or personal
circumstances, have access to support services. This approach promotes inclusivity,
reduces inequalities, and enhances their overall well-being.
National Health and Wellbeing Outcomes:
Outcome 1: People are able to look after and improve their own health and wellbeing
and live in good health for longer
Outcome 5: Health and social care services contribute to reducing health inequalities.
Strategic Theme : Aligned to the Alcohol & Drug Partnership LOIP
Key Actions:
1. Targeted Support Programs:
•	 Implement the Aberlour YP Corra funded project.
•	 Continue the Arrows Corra funded Promising Futures family support program.
2. Rights-Based Services:
•	 Collaborate with Children’s 1st and Quarriers.
•	 Partner with Action for Children and children’s residential services.
3. School-Based Support:
Ensure access to support within schools.
• Train school staff to recognise and respond to substance use.
4. Family Recovery Support:
•	 Provide resources and support to help families find recovery.
•	 Ensure access to support for children and parenting assistance.
5. Community Outreach:
•	 Conduct outreach programs to raise awareness.
•	 Engage with community organisations to identify and address barriers.
6. Monitoring and Evaluation:
•	 Regularly monitor the effectiveness of support programs.
•	 Collect feedback to improve support services.
Performance Indicators:
•	 Increased access to support services.
•	 Higher satisfaction levels among families.
•	 Successful implementation of targeted support programs.
•	 Positive feedback from schools and community partners.
•	 Improved well-being and recovery outcomes.
Page 194

Page 195

Page 21
5.Outcome Statement: Support hub and outreach efforts in
disadvantaged communities through tackling poverty, income levels,
poor housing and disadvantage to help individuals avoid substance use.
Expand efforts to other areas, including school talks, online conversation
café, education and drug awareness, and Naloxone training.
Protected Characteristic: All
Ensuring that all individuals, regardless of their background or personal circumstances,
have equal access to prevention and education efforts. This approach promotes
inclusivity, reduces inequalities, and enhances the overall well-being of individuals in
disadvantaged communities.
National Health and Wellbeing Outcomes:
Outcome 1: People are able to look after and improve their own health and wellbeing
and live in good health for longer.
Outcome 5: Health and social care services contribute to reducing health inequalities.
Strategic Theme : Building Resilience/Partners in Care
Key Actions:
1. Community Hubs and Outreach:
•	 Establish and maintain community hubs in Buckie and Forres.
•	 Implement outreach programs such as ‘Operation Protector’ to engage with
disadvantaged communities.
2. School-Based Prevention:
•	 Conduct regular school talks in Moray to provide education about the risks of
substance use and promote healthier lifestyles.
•	 Collaborate with schools to integrate substance use prevention into the curriculum.
3. Online Support and Education:
•	 Develop an online conversation café to provide a platform to discuss substance use
prevention and access support.
•	 Offer education and drug awareness training to services.
4. Naloxone Training:
•	 Provide Naloxone training to individuals and services.
•	 Expand Naloxone training efforts to other areas.
5. Expansion of Efforts:
•	 Identify additional areas for support and outreach.
•	 Collaborate with local authorities and community organisations.
6. Monitoring and Evaluation:
•	 Regularly monitor the effectiveness of hub and outreach efforts.
•	 Collect feedback to improve prevention and education initiatives.
Performance Indicators:
•	 Increased access to support and resources in disadvantaged communities.
•	 Higher engagement rates in school talks and online café.
•	 Successful implementation of Naloxone training programs.
•	 Positive feedback from community hubs and outreach programs.
•	 Improved awareness and prevention outcomes in targeted areas.
Page 195

Page 196

Page 22 
6.Outcome Statement: A full redesign of adult day services will enable
individuals to access day support that is person-centred and meets their
agreed outcomes and aspirations. Where appropriate, day services will
be provided within people’s own communities.
Protected Characteristic: All
Ensuring that all individuals, regardless of their background or personal circumstances,
have equal access to high quality, person-centred day services. This approach
promotes inclusivity, reduces inequalities, and enhances the overall well-being of
individuals.
National Health and Wellbeing Outcomes:
Outcome 3: People who use health and social care services have positive experiences of
those services, and have their dignity respected.
Outcome 4: Health and social care services are centred on helping to maintain or
improve the quality of life of people who use those services.
Strategic Theme : Partners in Care
Key Actions:
1. Person-Centred Approach:
•	 Conduct comprehensive assessments to understand the individual needs and
aspirations.
•	 Develop personalised care plans that reflect these assessments tailored to meet
each individual’s goals.
2. Modernisation of Services:
•	 Integrate technology and innovative practices to improve service quality and
efficiency.
3. Community-Based Support:
•	 Expand the choice of day opportunity activities within local communities to ensure
that individuals can access support close to home.
•	 Collaborate with community organisations and local authorities to create a network
of support services that are easily accessible, reducing the need to travel and pay for
transport.
4. Staff Training and Development:
•	 Provide ongoing training and professional development for staff.
•	 Foster a culture of continuous improvement and innovation.
5. Monitoring and Evaluation:
•	 Regularly monitor the effectiveness of services to ensure they meet the needs and
aspirations of people.
•	 Collect feedback to improve the quality and accessibility of services.
Performance Indicators:
•	 Increased satisfaction among people regarding the services.
•	 Higher engagement in day service/day opportunities  within communities.
•	 Positive feedback from staff on training and development programs.
•	 Improved well-being and outcomes for individuals.
Page 196

Page 197

7.Outcome Statement: Prioritise the health and well-being of all staff
by providing opportunities for personal well-being, development, and
learning in a supportive and inclusive work environment.
Protected Characteristic: All
Ensuring that all employees, regardless of their background or personal circumstances,
have access to opportunities that enhance their well-being. This approach promotes
inclusivity, reduces inequalities, and supports the overall health and happiness of staff.
National Health and Wellbeing Outcomes:
Outcome 8: People who work in health and social care services feel engaged with the
work they do and are supported to continuously improve the information, support, care,
and treatment they provide.
Outcome 9: Resources are used effectively and efficiently in the provision of health and
social care services
Strategic Theme : Workforce Well-being and Development
Key Actions:
1. Well-being Initiatives:
•	 Well-being activities such as mindfulness sessions, and stress management
workshops.
•	 Provide access to mental health resources, including counselling services and
support groups.
•	 Encourage staff to take regular breaks and leave work on time to maintain a healthy
work-life balance.
•	 Encourage staff to ensure they have breaks between teams’ calls.
2. Healthy Work Environment:
•	 Foster a culture of open communication where staff feel comfortable discussing their
well-being needs and concerns.
3. Professional Development:
•	 Offer training and courses that support personal growth and professional
development.
•	 Provide opportunities for mentorship and coaching to help staff achieve their career
goals.
•	 Continue to provide training sessions focused on Gender Based Violence,
unconscious bias, bystander awareness, and inclusivity via parent organisations
•	 Promote cultural awareness training to enhance understanding and respect for
diverse backgrounds and perspectives.
4. Inclusive Policies:
•	 Enforce policies that promote equality and prevent discrimination, ensuring all staff
feel valued and respected.
•	 Regularly contribute to the review and update of policies to reflect the evolving needs
of the workforce.
5. Monitoring and Evaluation:
•	 Conduct iMatter and feedback sessions to assess staff well-being and identify areas
for improvement.
Performance Indicators:
•	 Increased staff satisfaction and engagement levels.
•	 Improved retention rates and reduced absenteeism.
•	 Positive feedback from staff on the support and resources provided.Page 197

Page 198

Page 24 
Find out more about the Moray Integration Joint Board and Health &
Social Care Moray on our website:
https://hscmoray.co.uk/index.html
Follow us on social media
Facebook @hscmoray
Instagram @hscmoray
For further information contact:
Health & Social Care Moray
Moray Council Offices
High Street
Elgin
Moray IV30 1BX
Gram.hscmcorporate@nhs.scot
MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD
Equality Mainstreaming & Outcomes
Report for 2025-2029
Page 198

Page 199

REPORT TO: MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD ON 29 MAY 2025 
SUBJECT: THE MORAY ALCOHOL AND DRUG PARTNERSHIP (MADP) –
SCOTTISH GOVERMENT ANNUAL REPORTING SURVEY 
BY:  MORAY ALCOHOL AND DRUG PARTNERSHIP COORDINATOR 
1. REASON FOR REPORT 
1.1 To inform the Board of the progress made by the Moray Alcohol and Drug
Partnership (MADP) in delivering its strategic priorities for the period 2024/25,
as captured in the Scottish Government’s Annual Reporting Survey, and seek
approval for submission to the Scottish Government in line with national
reporting requirements. 
2. RECOMMENDATION 
2.1 It is recommended that the Board: 
i) considers and notes the completed 2024/25 Annual Reporting Survey
and agrees to its submission to the Scottish Government as
required; 
ii) notes the progress of the MADP in delivering services, including the
development of the Moray Charter of Rights toolkit, improvements to
the Medication Assisted Treatment (MAT) Standards, actions taken to
reduce stigma, increased support for those with lived and living
experience, and expanded harm reduction initiatives; 
iii) supports ongoing work to address remaining challenges, including
workforce capacity, rural service access, and the sustainability of
family support services; and 
iv) notes the progress of the Moray Drug and Alcohol Partnership in
delivering services to Moray as documented in Appendix 1.   
3. BACKGROUND 
3.1 The Scottish Government’s Annual Reporting Survey is a tool for tracking
progress against the National Mission to reduce drug-related deaths and
Item 12.
Page 199

Page 200

improve lives. It captures data and insights on local service delivery, strategic
developments, and cross-sector collaboration. The Moray ADP’s response
reflects significant work across its outcomes and cross cutting priorities,
including enhancing pathways into, through, and out of residential rehabilitation,
embedding rights-based approaches, and supporting a skilled and resilient
workforce. 
4. KEY MATTERS RELEVANT TO RECOMMENDATION 
Lived and Living Experience Engagement
4.1 In 2024/25, the MADP has continued to strengthen the involvement of lived and
living experience within its structures and decision-making processes, ensuring
that services are grounded in real-world insights. Key achievements include:
• Moray Charter of Rights Toolkit: Ongoing development of this toolkit, co-
designed with people with lived experience to drive rights-based, trauma-
informed practice. This toolkit is in the early stages of implementation, with
initial training and awareness-raising underway, helping to shape a more
respectful, person-centred system of care.
• Independent Lived Experience Panel: This panel provides strategic
insight, shapes service design, and supports commissioning processes. It
plays a critical role in ensuring services reflect the real-world needs and
experiences of those they support.
• Peer Support and Workforce Integration: Over 80% of staff in direct
access services have lived or family experience of substance use,
enhancing the authenticity and empathy of frontline support.
• Real-time Insights and Collective Voice: Continued use of Collective
Voice reports and experiential interviews to inform continuous improvement
and strategic development, ensuring lived experience shapes decision-
making at all levels.
• Community Engagement and Education: Peer-led talks in schools and
community settings continue to challenge stigma and build understanding,
supporting a more compassionate approach to substance use.
Medication-Assisted Treatment (MAT) Standards
4.2 Moray ADP has made significant progress in implementing the MAT standards,
reflecting a person-centred, flexible approach to care. Highlights include: 
• RAGB Success: Moray ADP achieved a successful Full Green and Blue
RAGB rating in this year's MAT submission, reflecting the impact of its
flexible, person-centred approach to MAT delivery.
• Streamlined Access: Improved referral pathways through a third sector
direct access service, reducing waiting times and ensuring faster access
to support for those in need.
• Flexible, Person-Centred Pathways: Pathways are designed around the
realities of people’s lives, reflecting feedback from lived experience
groups to reduce barriers and improve outcomes.
• Workforce Development: Ongoing training on rights awareness, trauma-
informed practice, and crisis response to strengthen frontline support and
improve service outcomes. 
Page 200

Page 201

Residential Rehabilitation
4.3 In 2024/25, Moray ADP revised its residential rehabilitation pathway to align
with the national flexible framework, significantly improving accessibility and
reducing delays. Key developments include:
• Third Sector-Led Model: The shift to a third sector-led model for
assessment and referral has provided more personalised, trauma-
informed care, reducing the time it takes to access rehabilitation.
• National Drawdown Fund: Access to this fund has supported
placements and improved aftercare planning, addressing one of the key
barriers identified in earlier surveys.
• Collaborative Pathway Development: Ongoing work with Healthcare
Improvement Scotland to refine pathways, address workforce capacity,
and improve stabilisation options, ensuring pathways are person-centred
and responsive to local needs.
• Lived Experience-Led Design: Enhanced engagement with lived and
living experience in pathway design, ensuring services are responsive,
trauma-informed, and reflective of community needs.
Workforce Development and Wellbeing
4.4 Supporting a resilient, skilled workforce remains a critical priority for the MADP.
Key initiatives include:
• Comprehensive Training: Programmes covering trauma-informed
practice, rights awareness, and crisis response are helping to build a
skilled, compassionate workforce.
• Peer Development: Ongoing professional development for peer support
workers, enhancing their ability to provide meaningful, rights-based
support.
• Innovative Support Models: The ADP continues to explore new training
and support approaches, ensuring frontline staff are equipped to respond
to emerging challenges, including complex poly-substance use.
Reducing Stigma and Improving Public Awareness
4.5 The MADP continues to prioritise stigma reduction through rights-based
practice and public education. Key developments include:
• Charter of Rights Toolkit: Currently being developed and tested with
input from people with lived experience, this toolkit is designed to embed
dignity, respect, and rights into service delivery.
• Community Outreach and Awareness: Expansion of peer-led
awareness and education, including lived experience talks in schools and
community settings, challenging stigma and changing perceptions.
• Innovative Harm Reduction Initiatives: Initiatives like the harm
reduction drop-off at home service, the outreach and field working team,
and the Lived Experience Development Worker who bridges the gap
between people using services and support networks. These approaches
ensure rapid, person-centred responses to those in greatest need.
Family Inclusive Practice and Support
4.6 The MADP is committed to delivering family-inclusive practice and whole family
support. Key activities in 2024/25 include:
Page 201

Page 202

• Sustaining Family Support: Ongoing work to improve the sustainability
of family support services, with a focus on embedding family voice and
improving outcomes for children, young people, and families affected by
substance use.
• Cross-Sector Collaboration: Continued partnership with local agencies
to provide comprehensive support, recognising the critical role of families
in recovery and wellbeing.
5. SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS 
(a) Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes
Improvement Plan (LOIP)) and Moray Integration Joint
Board Strategic Plan “Moray Partners in Care 2022-2032”
The delivery plan for the MADP aligns to the MIJB Strategic Plan and the
Local Outcomes Improvement Plan. 
(b) Policy and Legal
The MADP works to both National and Local Policy and within the
agreed Legal Framework. 
(c) Financial implications
There are no financial implications arising from this report. 
(d) Risk Implications and Mitigation
None arising directly from this report. 
(e) Staffing Implications
There are no staffing implications. 
(f) Property
There are no property implications. 
(g) Equalities/Socio Economic Impact
This report does not require an EIA. 
(h)  Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts
None arising directly from this report. 
(i) Consultations
Judith Proctor, Chief Officer
Emma Johnson, Public Protection Lead and Interim ADP Chair
Children and Adult Social Work Service – Locality/Service and Team
Managers 
Public Protection Areas
Moray Drug and Alcohol Partnership and Strategic group members 
Lived and Living Experience Panel 
6. CONCLUSION 
6.1 The 2024/25 Annual Reporting Survey reflects the significant progress
made by the MADP in delivering against its strategic priorities. The Board
is asked to note this progress and approve the submission of the survey
to the Scottish Government. 
Page 202

Page 203

Author of Report:  Justin Jansen, MADP co-ordinator   
Background Papers: https://www.gov.scot/publications/national-drugs-mission-plan-
2022-2026/ 
Ref:
Page 203

Page 204

1
Alcohol and Drug Partnership (ADP) Annual Reporting Survey: 2024/25
This survey is designed to collect information from all ADPs across Scotland on a range of aspects
relating to the delivery of the National Mission to reduce drug deaths and improve lives, as well as
activities relating to alcohol during the financial year 2024/25. This will not reflect the totality of
your work but will cover areas where you do not already report progress nationally through other
means.
The survey is composed of single option and multiple-choice questions with a limited number of
open text questions. We want to emphasise that the multiple-choice options provided are for ease
of completion and it is not expected that every ADP will have all of these in place.
This survey includes questions from across drug and alcohol policy areas. It has been designed to
collate as many asks as possible from Scottish Government to minimise requests throughout the
year. There is a combination of established questions which enable comparison year on year and
new questions that reflect current and anticipated future data needs.
We do not expect you to go out to services to respond to questions relating to activities
undertaken by them in your area. Where questions refer to service level activities, we are
interested in the extent to which you are aware of these as ADP.
The data collected will be used to better understand progress at a local level and will inform:
• National monitoring of the National Mission to reduce drug deaths and improve lives;
• The work of the ongoing evaluation of the Nation Mission, including the economic
evaluation;
• The work of advisory groups including those supporting the programmes around Whole
Family Approach, surveillance, and residential rehabilitation among others;
• The work of national organisations which support local delivery; and
• Future policy planning around drugs and alcohol.
Findings will be published as Official Statistics in the autumn. The publication reporting on the
2023/24 ADP survey is available on the Scottish Government website. We plan to publish data
from closed answer (quantitative) questions at an ADP level to enable best use of the survey data
and ensure transparency. Data from closed answer (qualitative) questions will be shared with
Public Health Scotland and their commissioned research teams to inform drug and alcohol policy
monitoring and evaluation, where excerpts and/or summary data may be used in published
reports, and will be subject to FOI requests. You may still wish to publish your return, as in
previous years.
The deadline for returns is Friday 13th June 2025. Your submission should be signed off by the
ADP and the IJB. We are aware that there is variation in the timings of IJB meetings, so if sign off
is not possible by the date of submission, please indicate this when you provide your return and
advise an expected sign off date if possible.
If you require clarification on any areas of the survey or would like any more information, please do
not hesitate to get in touch by email at substanceuseanalyticalteam@gov.scot.
APPENDIX 1
Page 204

Page 205

2 
Cross-cutting priority: Surveillance and Data Informed 
Question 1
Which Alcohol and Drug Partnership (ADP) do you represent? Mark with an ‘x’.
[single option] 
Aberdeen City ADP  
Aberdeenshire ADP  
Angus ADP  
Argyll & Bute ADP  
Borders ADP  
City of Edinburgh ADP  
Clackmannanshire & Stirling ADP  
Dumfries & Galloway ADP  
Dundee City ADP  
East Ayrshire ADP  
East Dunbartonshire ADP  
East Renfrewshire ADP  
Falkirk ADP  
Fife ADP  
Glasgow City ADP  
Highland ADP  
Inverclyde ADP  
Lothian MELDAP ADP
X Moray ADP  
North Ayrshire ADP  
North Lanarkshire ADP  
Orkney ADP  
Perth & Kinross ADP  
Renfrewshire ADP  
Shetland ADP  
South Ayrshire ADP  
South Lanarkshire ADP  
West Dunbartonshire ADP  
West Lothian ADP  
Western Isles ADP 
Page 205

Page 206

3 
Question 2
Which groups or structures were in place at an ADP level to inform surveillance and
monitoring of alcohol and drug harms or deaths?  Mark all that apply with an ‘x’ – if drug
and alcohol deaths are reviewed at a combined group, please select both ‘Alcohol death
review group’ and ‘Drug death review group’. 
[multiple choice]
X Alcohol death review group
X Alcohol harms group
X Drug death review group
X Drug trend monitoring group/Early Warning System  
None  
Other (please specify): MARS Group which Covers Alcohol and Substance use risk
and harms   
Question 3
3a. Do Chief Officers for Public Protection receive feedback from drug death reviews?
Mark with an ‘x’.
[single option]
X Yes  
No  
Don’t know 
3b. If no, please provide details on why this is not the case. 
[open text – maximum 500 characters] 
Question 4
Please list what local and national structures are in place in your ADP area for the
monitoring and surveillance of alcohol and drug harms and deaths. Please describe how
these have been used to inform local decision making in response to emerging threats
(e.g. novel synthetics) in the past year. [open text – maximum 2,000 characters] 
In Moray, we have a strong multi-agency framework in place for monitoring and
responding to alcohol and drug-related harms and deaths. Key structures include:
the Drug-Related Death (DRD) Review Group, DRD Data Review Group, Multi-
Agency Risk and Harm Group, ADP Strategic Group, Grampian RADAR Group,
Medication-Assisted Treatment (MAT) Implementation and Support Meeting, a Daily
Huddle involving third sector and specialist services, the LLE Panel Advisory Group,
and the Living Experience Group supported by SDF. 
These groups work collaboratively to provide a joined-up approach to local
intelligence, ensuring that emerging threats—such as the presence of novel
synthetic drugs—are identified and responded to quickly. Data and insight gathered
Page 206

Page 207

4 
through these structures directly inform Moray ADP’s strategy, commissioning
decisions, and service improvements. 
Our Daily Huddle plays a critical role in proactive risk management by identifying
individuals at highest risk and enabling fieldwork teams to prioritise real-time
outreach, MAT engagement and support for NFOs. The partnership between
statutory and third sector services ensures rapid, coordinated responses to those in
greatest need. 
The LLE Panel and Living Experience Group have made a significant impact on
local decision-making. Their real-time, frontline insights have shaped our
understanding of community-level trends and barriers, leading to more targeted
harm reduction efforts, better service access, and a more trauma-informed, person-
centred system of care. 
This joined-up approach ensures that decisions are driven by evidence, grounded
in lived experience, and responsive to changing patterns of harm across Moray.
Question 5
5a. Have you made specific revisions to any protocols in the past year in response to
emerging threats (e.g. novel synthetics, trends in cocaine, new street benzos, etc.) ?
Mark with an ‘x’.
[single option] 
X Yes  
No 
5b. Please provide details of any revisions 
[open text – maximum 500 characters] 
We revised our outreach and risk management protocols to strengthen our response
to emerging threats, including synthetic opioids and ketamine. This includes
increased naloxone distribution, updated harm reduction messaging, and earlier
identification of at-risk individuals through daily multi-agency huddles. Fieldwork
teams now prioritise engagement based on drug trend data and LLE insights. 
Question 6
Please describe ways in which you routinely engage with commissioned services in your
ADP area (e.g. through online surveys, reporting databases, email or phone
communication, ADP representation on governance or advisory structures,  events etc.). 
[open text – maximum 1000 characters] 
We engage routinely with commissioned services through ADP strategic and
quarterly meetings, contract implementation meetings, and regular joint planning
sessions. Services complete quarterly reports, contribute to ADP strategic groups,
and use DAISy to report on outcomes. We maintain open channels via email, calls,
and reflective learning. Experiential interviews and lived experience input are used
to inform improvement. A new and innovative approach this year has been the
introduction of the Moray Charter of Rights Implementation Toolkit, co-designed with
Page 207

Page 208

5 
people with lived and living experience. The toolkit is being used as a framework for
embedding rights-based, trauma-informed practice and is now integrated into
improvement planning and our 3 eyar strategic development plan. 
Cross-cutting priority: Resilient and Skilled Workforce
Question 7
7a. What is the whole-time equivalent1 staffing resource routinely dedicated to your ADP
Support Team as of 31 March 2025? 
1 Note: whole-time equivalent (WTE) is a unit of measurement that indicates the total working hours of
employees in relation to a full-time position. It helps to standardise and compare staffing resource across
different teams or organisations. A full-time employee is equal to one whole-time equivalent. For part-time
Page 208

Page 209

6 
[numeric, decimal] 
Total current staff (whole-time
equivalent including fixed-term and
temporary staff, and those shared with
other business areas)
2.00
Total vacancies (whole-time equivalent) 0 
7b. Please list the job title for each vacancy in your ADP Support Team on the 31 March
2025 (if applicable). 
[open text – maximum 500 characters] 
There were no job vacancies in the ADP support team as of 31st March 2025 
Question 8
Please select any initiatives you have undertaken as an ADP that are aimed at
improving employee wellbeing (volunteers as well as paid staff). Mark all that apply with
an ‘x’
[multiple choice] 
Training and awareness
X Promotion of information and support initiatives
X Provision of training on issues including trauma awareness and crisis management  
Other (please specify): Stigma training, rights based training and mental health and
substance use training for anyone living or working in Moray 
Workplace support
X Flexible working
X Implementation of risk assessment for work at home and in the workplace
X Inclusive workplace initiatives (including staff networks and wellbeing champions)
X Provision of occupation health services
X Staff recognition schemes  
Use of disability passports
X Workload management  
Other (please specify): Both commisioned and statutory services have wellbeing
leads in place. 
Institution-provided support
X Provision of coaching and supervision for staff and volunteers 
employees, divide their hours by the whole-time equivalent. For example, if a part-time employee is
required to work 7.5 hours per week and a ‘full-time’ position is considered to be 37.5 hours, the WTE
would be 0.2 (7.5 hours / 37.5 hours).
Page 209

Page 210

7 
X Provision of counselling for staff and volunteers  
Other (please specify):       
Wellbeing activities  
Drug and/or alcohol death reflective sessions
X Peer support groups
X Provision of mindfulness courses/learning materials
X Social and physical activities  
Other (please specify):       
Engagement  
Participation in local Clinical Care Governance Meetings
X Undertaking of staff needs assessments and engagement to understand wellbeing
needs
X Regular meetings about staff pressures with senior and junior staff  
Other (please specify):       
Other initiatives which don’t fit in these categories (please specify): Development of
coaching, reflective practice and trauma informed support. 
Page 210

Page 211

8 
Cross cutting priorities: Lived and Living Experience 
Question 9
9a. Do you have a formal mechanism at an ADP level for gathering feedback from
people with lived/living experience who are using services you fund? Mark all that apply
with an ‘x’. 
[multiple choice]
X Engagement with recovery communities
X Experiential data collected as part of the Medication Assisted Treatment (MAT)
programme 
X Feedback / complaints process
X Lived / living experience panel, forum and / or focus group
X Questionnaire / survey  
No formal mechanism in place  
Other (please specify): Use of Collective Voice report and newly developed Moray
Charter of rights toolkit as mechanisms for gathering and acting on feedback. 
9b. In the past year, have members of any of the following groups with lived and/or living
experience participated in any of the above engagement mechanisms? Mark all that
apply with an ‘x’. 
[multiple choice]
X People who are current or former employees or volunteers at the ADP or drug
and/or alcohol services
X People who are not employed at the ADP or at drug and/or alcohol services
X People who are currently accessing treatment or support for problem drug use
(may include treatment for problem alcohol use) 
X People who are currently accessing treatment or support for problem alcohol use
X People with living experience of drug and/or alcohol use who are not currently
receiving treatment or support
X People who are experiencing homelessness
X Women
X Young people 
Other (please specify): Family Member, People with Lived experience of the
Justice sysytem, people engaged through outreach, Peer support workers and LLE
involved in co-design and commisioning processes.   
Question 10
10a. In what ways are people with lived and living experience able to participate in
ADP decision-making? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice]
X Through ADP board membership
X Through a group or network that is independent of the ADP
Page 211

Page 212

9 
X Through an existing ADP group/panel/reference group
X Through membership in other areas of ADP governance (e.g. steering group)  
Not currently able to participate  
Other (please specify): Co-design of services, participation in commisioning panels,
and strategic input via the the Lived Experience Panel and collective voice
mechanisms. 
10b. In what ways are family members able to participate in ADP decision-making? 
Mark all that apply with an ‘x’. 
[multiple choice]
X Through ADP board membership
X Through a group or network that is independent of the ADP
X Through an existing ADP group/panel/reference group
X Through membership in other areas of ADP governance (e.g. steering group)  
Not currently able to participate  
Other (please specify): Family menbers are able to contribute and participate
through commisioning, experiential interviews and have been involved in our Charter
of rights work and toolkit voice. 
Question 11
What mechanisms are in place within your ADP to ensure that services you fund involve
people with lived/living experience and/or family members in their decision-making (e.g.
the delivery of the service)? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’. 
[multiple choice]
X Asked about in reporting
X Stipulated in our contracts 
None  
Other (please specify): LLE and Family experience is embedded in service reviews,
contract implementation meetings, The Moray Charter of rights toolkit, and local
outcome improvement planning.   
Page 212

Page 213

10 
Cross cutting priorities: Stigma Reduction
Question 12
Within which written strategies or policies does your ADP consider stigma reduction for
people who use substances and/or their families? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.  
[multiple choice]
X ADP strategy, delivery and/or action plan
X Alcohol deaths and harms prevention action plan
X Communication strategy
X Community action plan  
Drug deaths and harms prevention action plan
X MAT standards delivery plan
X Service development, improvement and/or delivery plan  
None  
Other (please specify): Moray Charter of rights implementation tookit 
Question 13
Please describe what work is underway in your ADP area to reduce stigma for people
who use substances and/or their families.
[open text – maximum 2,000 characters] 
Reducing stigma is a priority embedded throughout Moray ADP’s work. The Moray
Charter of Rights Implementation Toolkit, co-developed with people with lived and
living experience, is a new and innovative framework that will support services to
embed rights-based, trauma-informed practice. Early implementation has focused
on awareness-raising and training, with the toolkit being introduced to partners as a
tool to reflect on and improve how services challenge stigma and uphold dignity. 
Stigma reduction features prominently in our training offer. We deliver co-produced,
lived experience-led sessions across schools, partner agencies, and frontline
services. These include trauma and substance use, rights awareness, and
substance use education. Our direct access service prioritises employing people
with lived or family experience—over 80% of staff are peers, ensuring authenticity
and understanding in practice.
Recovery talks in schools, led by lived experience facilitators, humanise substance
use and challenge stereotypes. Our outreach model, delivered in community
settings, ensures a no-barriers approach that supports people where they are.
We have launched a new series of events under the banner Recovery Together,
bringing together people with lived and living experience, families, and partners to
explore and implement the Charter of Rights. Delivered in collaboration with the
Scottish Recovery Consortium, SACRO, Moray Wellbeing Hub, and Community
Justice, these events will foster inclusion, challenge stigma, and support a shared
vision of rights-based recovery. 
Operation Protector, in partnership with Police Scotland, embeds lived experience
into harm prevention work on county lines and cuckooing. Our recovery football
Page 213

Page 214

11 
project, developed in collaboration with peers and police, promotes connection,
inclusion, and recovery.
Families contribute to strategic planning and improvement processes,helping
reduce the stigma experienced by loved ones.  
Page 214

Page 215

12 
Fewer people develop problem substance use 
Question 14
How is information on local treatment and support services made available to different
audiences at an ADP level (not at a service level)? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
In person
(e.g. at
events,
workshops,
etc)
Leaflets /
posters
Online
(e.g.
websites,
social
media,
apps, etc.)
Non-native English speakers (English
Second Language)      
People from minority ethnic groups  X X X
People from religious groups      
People who are experiencing
homelessness X X X
People who are LGBTQI+ X X X
People who are pregnant or peri-natal X X X
People who engage in transactional
sex X X X
People who have been involved in the
justice system X X X
People with hearing impairments
and/or visual impairments      
People with learning disabilities and
literacy difficulties X X X
Veterans X X X
Women X X X
None of the above      
Other (please specify                   
Page 215

Page 216

13 
Question 15
Which of the following education or prevention activities were funded or supported2 by
the ADP?3 Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
0-15 years
(children)
16-24 years
(young
people)
25 years+
(adults)
Campaigns / information X X X
Harm reduction services   X X
Learning materials X X X
Mental wellbeing X X X
Peer-led interventions   X X
Physical health X X X
Planet Youth     
Pregnancy & parenting   X X
Youth activities X X 
Other (please specify)                  
None         
2 Note: ‘supported’ refers to where the ADP provides resources of some kind (separate from financial,
which is covered by “funded”). This could take the form of knowledge exchange, staffing, the supply of
materials (e.g. learning templates, lending them a physical location), etc.
3 Note: activities which are not relevant for older age groups have been shaded out to avoid confusion on
completion of this question.
Page 216

Page 217

14 
Risk is reduced for people who use substances 
Question 16
16a. Please select in which settings  each of the following harm reduction initiatives are
delivered in your ADP area. Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
Supply of
naloxone
Hepatitis C
testing
Injecting
equipment
provision
Wound
care
Community
pharmacies X X X X
Drug services (NHS,
third sector, council) X X X X
Family support
services X X    
General practices X X   X
Homelessness
services X X    
Hospitals (incl. A&E,
inpatient departments) X X   X
Justice services X X    
Mental health services X X    
Mobile/outreach
services X X X X
Peer-led initiatives X   X  
Prison X X    
Sexual health services X X   X
Women support
services X      
Young people’s
service X      
None        
Other (please specify)                         
16b.  Please provide details about any changes to settings in which harm reduction
initiatives have been delivered in the past year. Please describe the changes and any
reasons for these changes. 
[Open text- maximum 2,000 characters] 
In the past year, we have expanded harm reduction delivery through outreach and
peer-led approaches, especially in rural areas. Naloxone and injecting equipment
are now distributed more consistently via mobile teams and peer workers. Our
fieldwork teams have enhanced wound care access in non-clinical settings through
partnership with health services. Hepatitis C testing has been offered in more
accessible community venues. These developments reflect a trauma-informed,
rights-based approach prioritising inclusion, rapid access, and equity of care.  
Page 217

Page 218

15 
Question 17
17a. Which of the following harm reduction interventions are there currently a demand
for in your ADP area? (Either where the intervention is not currently provided or where
demand exceeds current supply). Mark all that apply with an ‘x’. 
[multiple choice]  
Drug checking
X Drug testing strips
X Harm reduction advice and support in relation to psychostimulants 
Heroin Assisted Treatment  
Naloxone availability in public facilities (e.g. pre-stationed naloxone, naloxone box
etc.)
X Provision of foil  
Safe supply of substances  
Safer drug consumption facility  
Safer inhalation pipe provision  
Other (please specify):       
17b. Please provide any details (e.g. scale of demand, source of requests, whether
current demand exceeds supply etc.). 
[open text – maximum 500 characters] 
There is growing demand for safer inhalation equipment and stimulant-specific harm
reduction advice, particularly from outreach partners and lived experience networks.
Feedback from third sector and health partners highlights the need for naloxone in
public spaces. Current provision does not fully meet demand, especially in rural
areas where access is limited and outreach teams have identified ongoing unmet
need. 
Question 18
18a. Do you have an adequate supply of naloxone in your ADP area to meet general
needs? Mark with an ‘x’. 
[single option]
X Yes  
No  
Unsure 
18b. Within the context of a more toxic and unpredictable drug supply which may require
higher doses of naloxone to be administered, do you have adequate supply of naloxone
in your ADP area to meet demand if a significant incident were to occur? Mark with an
‘x’. 
[single option]
X Yes  
No  
Unsure
Page 218

Page 219

16 
Page 219

Page 220

17 
People most at risk have access to treatment and recovery
Question 19
Which partners within your ADP area have documented pathways in place, or in
development, to ensure people who experience a near-fatal overdose (NFO) are
identified and offered support? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
NFO pathway in
place
NFO pathway in
development
Community recovery providers X  
Homeless services    
Hospitals (including emergency
departments) X  
Housing services X  
Mental health services X  
Police Scotland X  
Primary care X  
Prison X  
Scottish Ambulance Service X  
Scottish Fire & Rescue Service X  
Specialist substance use treatment
services X  
Third sector substance use services X  
Other (please specify)             
Question 20
Which, if any, of the following barriers to implementing NFO pathways exist in your ADP
area? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice]
X Further workforce training required  
High staff turnover
X Insufficient funds
X Issues around information sharing  
Lack of leadership  
Lack of ownership  
Lack of physical infrastructure 
Lack of staff to support out of hours or extended core business hours 
Workforce capacity  
None  
Other (please specify):       
Page 220

Page 221

18 
Question 21
In what ways have you worked with justice partners4? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’. 
[multiple choice]
Strategic level
X ADP representation on local Community Justice Partnership 
X Contributed to strategic planning 
X Coordinated activities between justice, health or social care partners 
X Data sharing 
X Justice organisations represented on the ADP (e.g. COPFS, Police Scotland, local
Community Justice Partnership, local Justice Social Work department, prison)
X Provided advice and guidance 
Other (please specify):       
Operational level
X Provided funding or staff for a specialist court (Drug, Alcohol, Problem Solving) 
X Raised awareness about community-based treatment options (partners involved in
diversion from prosecution or treatment-based community orders)
X Supported staff training on drug or alcohol related issues 
X Activities to support implementation of MAT standards  
Other (please specify):       
Service level
Funded or supported:  
Navigators for people in the justice system who use drugs 
X Services for people transitioning out of custody 
X Services in police custody suites 
X Services in prisons or young offenders’ institutions 
X Services specifically for Drug Treatment and Testing Orders (DTTOs) 
X Services specifically for people serving Community Payback Orders with a Drug or
Alcohol Treatment Requirement  
Other (please specify):       
4 Note: ‘justice partners’ includes Community Justice Partnerships (CJPs), Justice Social Work
departments, Prisons and Young Offender Institutes, Police, Crown Office and Procurator Fiscal Service
(COPFS), Scottish Courts and Tribunals Service (SCTS), Sacro, and third sector organisations that
specifically serve people involved with the criminal justice system.
Page 221

Page 222

19 
Question 22
Which activities did your ADP support at each stage of the criminal justice system? Mark
all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
Pre-
arrest5
In police
custody6
In
courts7
In
prison8
Upon
release9
Advocacy or
navigators X       X
Alcohol
interventions X X X X X
Drug and alcohol
use and treatment
needs screening
X X X X X
Harm reduction inc.
naloxone X X X   X
Health education &
life skills X     X X
Medically
supervised
detoxification
X X   X X
Opioid Substitution
Therapy X X   X X
Psychosocial and
mental health based
interventions
X X   X X
Psychological and
mental health
screening
X X   X X
Recovery (e.g. café,
community) X     X X
Referrals to drug
and alcohol
treatment services
X X X X X
Staff training X X   X X
None          
Other (please
specify)                               
5 Pre-arrest: Services for police to refer people into without making an arrest.
6 In police custody: Services available in police custody suites to people who have been arrested.
7 In courts: Services delivered in collaboration with the courts (e.g. services only available through a
specialist drug court, services only available to people on a DTTO).
8 In prison: Services available to people in prisons or young offenders’ institutions in your area (if
applicable).
9 Upon release: Services aimed specifically at supporting people transitioning out of custody. 
Page 222

Page 223

20 
Question 23
What barriers to accessing support, if any, are there in your area for people who are
involved in the justice system? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’. 
[multiple choice]  
Lack of accessibility to mainstream alcohol and drug services and support services
(such as lack of transport options)  
Lack of services tailored specifically to people who are on Community Payback
Orders, Drug Treatment and Testing Orders, Supervised Release Orders and other
community orders  
Lack of specific pathways for people who are involved in the justice system  
Lack of support for people who are involved in the justice system after receiving
treatment
X Services with entry requirements which exclude people convicted of specific
offences (such as arson)  
Services with entry requirements which exclude people on Community Payback
Orders, Drug Treatment and Testing Orders, Supervised Release Orders and other
community orders  
None  
Other (please specify):       
Question 24
What types of residential services are available in your area which can be accessed by
people who are subject to Community Payback Orders, Drug Treatment and Testing
Orders, Supervised Release Orders and other community orders to access support?
Mark all that apply with an ‘x’. 
[multiple choice]
X Mainstream residential rehabilitation services (i.e. those who are open to anyone)
X Mainstream residential services other than rehabilitation (e.g. recovery housing) 
X Residential services specifically targeted to people involved in the justice system,
such as Turnaround or other service (please specify which services):        
Mainstream stabilisation/crisis services  
Other (please specify):       
Question 25
25a. Do you have drugs and alcohol testing services in your ADP area for people going
through the justice system on an order or licence? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice]
X Yes, for alcohol
X Yes, for drugs  
No
Page 223

Page 224

21 
Unsure 
25b. Who provides testing services for drugs and/or alcohol? Mark all that apply with an
‘x’. 
[multiple choice]   
Alcohol
testing
Drugs
testing
Private provider X X
NHS addiction
services X X
Other local provider
(please specify)            
Other arrangement
(please specify)            
Not applicable     
25c. What methods are used for drugs and/or alcohol testing? Mark all that apply with an
‘x’. [multiple choice] 
Alcohol
testing
Drugs
testing
Handheld devices X X
Spit tests X X
Urine tests   X
Electronic
monitoring    
Patches    
Other (please
specify)            
Not applicable     
Page 224

Page 225

22 
People receive high quality treatment and recovery services 
Question 26
What screening options are in place to address alcohol harms? Mark all that apply with
an ‘x’.
[multiple choice]
X Alcohol hospital liaison
X Arrangements for the delivery of alcohol brief interventions in all priority settings
X Arrangement of the delivery of alcohol brief interventions in non-priority settings
X Fibro scanning
X Pathways for early detection of alcohol-related liver disease  
None  
Other (please specify):       
Question 27
What treatment options are in place to address alcohol harms? Mark all that apply with
an ‘x’.
[multiple choice]
X Access to alcohol medication (e.g. Antabuse, Acamprase, etc.)
X Alcohol hospital liaison
X Alcohol-related cognitive testing (e.g. for alcohol related brain damage)
X Community-based alcohol detox (including at-home)
X In-patient alcohol detox
X Pathways into mental health treatment
X Psychosocial counselling
X Residential rehabilitation  
None  
Other (please specify):        
Page 225

Page 226

23 
Question 28
28a. Which, if any, of the following barriers to residential rehabilitation exist in your ADP
area? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice]
X Availability of aftercare  
Availability of detox services
X Availability of stabilisation/crisis services
X Challenges accessing additional sources of funding  
Current models are not working  
Difficulty identifying all those who will benefit
X Further workforce training required
X Geographic distance
X Insufficient base funding  
Insufficient staff  
Lack of awareness of residential rehabilitation among potential clients  
Lack of awareness of residential rehabilitation amongst referrers
X Lack of bed capacity within ADP area  
Lack of specialist providers  
Lack of transportation to travel to available capacity
X Scope to further improve/refine your own pathways  
Variation in prices from different providers
X Waiting times  
None  
Other (please specify):       
28b. What actions are your ADP taking to overcome these barriers to residential
rehabilitation? 
[open text – maximum 500 characters]   
We have adopted the National flexible framework and changed the residential rehab
pathway to route through a third sector direct access service. We accessed funding
via the national drawdown fund and worked with Healthcare Improvement Scotland
to develop and refine our pathway. While progress has been made, there is still no
access to dedicated safety and stabilisation provision, which remains a significant
barrier to equitable access.
Question 29
29a. Have you made any revisions in your pathway to residential rehabilitation in the last
year? Mark with an ‘x’.
[single option]  
No revisions or updates made in 2024/25
Page 226

Page 227

24 
X Yes - Revised or updated in 2024/25 and this has been published  
Yes - Revised or updated in 2024/25 but not currently published 
29b. If yes, please provide brief details of the changes made and the rationale for the
changes. 
[open text – maximum 500 characters]   
We revised and published our pathway in line with the national flexible framework.
A third sector direct access service now leads on assessment and referral,
increasing accessibility and reducing delays. The updated pathway includes clearer
stages of support, wider provider options, and better aftercare planning. Changes
were informed by HIS input and lived experience feedback on barriers including
consistency, stigma, and lack of support before and after rehab. 
Question 30 
Are there any specific groups in your ADP area who do not have their needs met by the
current residential rehabilitation provision (for reasons such as lack of appropriate
models of care, inadequate capacity, the location of services or any other factors)? Mark
all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice]  
Lesbian, gay or bisexual people  
People from minority religions  
People on OST  
People who are experiencing homelessness  
People who are involved in the justice system  
People who are pregnant or perinatal 
People with child dependents  
People with co-occurring mental health problems  
People with council tenancies  
People with specific physical health condition, including long term illness and
disability  
Trans people 
Women
X None  
Other (please specify): Moray ADP aims to provide access for all groups, though
some external providers may have criteria that limit eligibility. We continue to work to
reduce these barriers through flexible, person-centred approaches.  
Page 227

Page 228

25 
Question 31
31a. Which, if any, of the following barriers to implementing the Medication Assisted
Treatment (MAT) standards exist in your area? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’. 
[multiple choice]
X Accommodation challenges (e.g. appropriate physical spaces, premises, etc.)
X Availability of stabilisation/crisis services  
Burden of data collection and reporting
X Challenges engaging with GPs 
Difficulty identifying all those who will benefit
X Further workforce training is needed
X Geographical challenges (e.g. remote, rural, etc.)
X Insufficient funds
X Insufficient staff  
Lack of awareness among potential clients  
Lack of capacity
X Scope to further improve/refine your own pathways  
Waiting times  
None  
Other (please specify):       
31b. What actions is your ADP taking to overcome these barriers to implementing MAT
in your ADP area? 
[open text – maximum 500 characters] 
Workforce gaps, rural access, and unsuitable premises for MIDAS are key barriers.
The MAT programme does not reflect the complexity of referrals in Moray, with
increasing poly-substance use, alcohol, and ketamine. Safety and stabilisation
options are limited, and stigma affects engagement. We’re addressing this through
improved pathways, aftercare, lived experience input, and joint work with NHS
Grampian and other ADPs. 
Question 32
Other than opioids, which substances are currently the highest priority in your ADP area
for treatment and support? Please rank the substances of concern in your area in order
of priority – add a number to all that apply, with 1 being highest priority. 
[ranking]
2 Alcohol
7 Cannabis/cannabinoids
5 Cocaine, and other stimulants
1 Ketamine
6 Pregabalin/gabapentin
4 Street benzos
Page 228

Page 229

26 
3 Polydrug use (please specify any most common combinations of drugs): Ketamine,
alcohol, street benzo and cocaine 
Other (please specify):       
Question 33
Which of the following treatment and support services are in place specifically for
children and young people using alcohol and/or drugs? Mark all that apply with an
‘x’.10 
[multiple choice] 
Up to 12
years (early
years and
primary)
13-15 years
(secondary
S1-4)
16-24 years
(young
people)
Alcohol-related medication (e.g.
acamprosate, disulfiram,
naltrexone, nalmefene) 
X
Diversionary activities X X X
Employability support   X
Family support services X X X
Information services X X X
Justice services    X X
Mental health services (including
wellbeing) X X X
Opioid Substitution Therapy    
Outreach/mobile (including
school outreach)   X X
Recovery communities   X
School outreach X X X
Support/discussion groups
(including 1:1)   X X
Other (please specify)                   
10 Note that treatment and support services which are inappropriate for younger age groups have been
shaded out to avoid confusion on completion of this question.
Page 229

Page 230

27 
Quality of life is improved by addressing multiple disadvantages   
Question 34
Do you have specific treatment and support services in place for the following groups?
Mark all that apply with an ‘x’. 
[multiple choice] 
Yes No
Non-native English speakers (English Second
Language) X  
People from minority ethnic groups  X  
People from religious groups X  
People who are experiencing homelessness X  
People who are involved in the justice system X  
People who are LGBTQI+  X  
People who are neurodivergent X  
People who are pregnant or peri-natal X  
People who engage in transactional sex X  
People with hearing impairments and/or visual
impairments X  
People with learning disabilities and literacy
difficulties  
Veterans X  
Women X  
Other (please specify)       
Question 35
35a. Are there formal joint working protocols in place to support people with co-occurring
substance use and mental health diagnoses to receive mental health care? Mark with an
‘x’. 
[single choice]
X Yes  
No 
35b. Please provide details. 
[open text – maximum 500 characters] 
Yes, we have formal joint working protocols in place between substance use and
mental health services, supported by strategic and operational forums. However,
delivery can be inconsistent and further integration is needed. We are working to
strengthen shared care planning, improve communication, and ensure access to
mental health support for those not engaged with specialist services. 
Page 230

Page 231

28 
Question 36
What arrangements are in place within your ADP area for people who present at
substance use services with mental health problems for which they do not have a
diagnosis? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice]  
Dual diagnosis teams 
X Formal joint working protocols between mental health and substance use services
specifically for people with mental health problems for which they do not have a
diagnosis 
X Pathways for referral to mental health services or other multi-disciplinary teams
X Pathways for referral to third sector services for mental health support
X Professional mental health staff within services (e.g. psychiatrists, community
mental health nurses, etc)
X Provision of joint appointments for those with co-occurring mental health problems
and problem substance use
X Provision of mental health assessments for people who are presenting with mental
health problems  
None  
Other (please specify):       
Question 37
How do you as an ADP work with support services not directly linked to substance
use (e.g. welfare advice, housing support, etc.) to address multiple disadvantages?
Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice]
X By representation on strategic groups or topic-specific sub-groups
X By representation on the ADP board
X Through partnership working 
Via provision of funding  
Not applicable  
Other (please specify):       
Page 231

Page 232

29 
Question 38
Which of the following activities are you aware of having been undertaken in ADP
funded or supported11 services to implement a trauma-informed approach? Mark all that
apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice]
X Engaging with people with lived/living experience 
X Engaging with third sector/community partners
X Provision of trauma-informed spaces/accommodation
X Presence of a working group
X Recruiting staff 
X Training existing workforce  
None  
Other (please specify):       
Question 39
39a. Does your ADP area have specific referral pathways for people to access
independent advocacy? Mark with an ‘x’. 
[single option]
X Yes  
No  
Don’t know 
39b. If yes, are these commissioned directly by the ADP? Mark with an ‘x’. 
[single option]
X Yes  
No  
Don’t know 
11 Note: ‘supported’ refers to where the ADP provides resources of some kind (separate from financial, which
is covered by “funded”). This could take the form of knowledge exchange, staffing, the supply of materials
(e.g. learning templates, lending them a physical location), etc.
Page 232

Page 233

30 
Children, families and communities affected by substance use are supported  
Question 40
Which of the following treatment and support services are in place for children and
young people affected by a parent’s or carer’s substance use? Mark all that apply
with an ‘x’.12
[multiple choice] 
Up to 12 years
(early years
and primary)
13-15 years
(secondary 
S1-4)
16-24 years
(young people)
Advocacy X X X
Carer support X X X
Diversionary activities X X X
Employability support    
Family support
services  X X X
First aid training      
Information services X X X
Mental health services X X X
Outreach/mobile
services X X X
School outreach  X X X
Social work services X X X
Support/discussion
groups   X X
Other (please specify)                   
Question 41
Which of the following support services are in place for adults affected by another
person’s substance use? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.  
[multiple choice]
X Advocacy 
X Commissioned services
X Counselling 
X One to one support
X Mental health support
X Naloxone training
X Support groups
X Training  
None  
Other (please specify):       
12 Note support services which are likely to be inappropriate for younger age groups have been shaded out
to avoid confusion on completion of this question.
Page 233

Page 234

31 
Question 42
42a. Do you have an agreed set of activities and priorities with local partners to
implement the Holistic Whole Family Approach Framework in your ADP area? Mark with
an ‘x’.
[single option]
X Yes  
No  
Don’t know 
42b. Please provide details of these activities and priorities for 2024/25. 
[open text – maximum 500 characters] 
We are working with partners to embed the Whole Family Approach through
improved pathways, Recovery Together events, and co-produced support. Family-
inclusive practice is a core commissioning requirement. We receive around £60k to
support this work, which is not sufficient to meet demand. Additional delivery is
currently supported through Corra funding, but this ends next year and poses a risk
to sustaining progress. 
Question 43
When did your ADP most recently conduct an audit or needs assessment of the support
currently available in your area for children, young people and adults affected by a family
member’s substance use? Mark with an ‘x’. [single option]  
2020/21  
2021/22
X 2022/23  
2023/24  
2024/25  
None undertaken in the past 5 years  
There are plans to undertake one in 2025/26  
Unsure 
Question 44
Which of the following services supporting a Family Inclusive Practice13 or a Whole
Family Approach are in place in your ADP area (for people with family members both in
and not in treatment)? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
13 Family Inclusive Practice is a collaborative approach where professionals actively involve a person’s
family and social networks in care, proactively ask about the needs of the whole family, to ensure all family
members are supported.
Page 234

Page 235

32 
X Advice
X Advocacy
X Benefits and debt advice  
Mentoring 
X Peer support
X Personal development
X Social activities
X Support for self care activities
X Support for victims of gender based violence and their families
X Youth services  
None  
Other (please specify):       
Question 45
What support would be helpful to facilitate the implementation of a Family Inclusive
Practice or a Whole Family Approach? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice]
X Additional funding
X Additional resources  
Advice to support setting up of lived and living experience forums/co-production
methods
X Guidance at a national level
X Information shared from other services
X Sharing of participation tools
X Workforce training  
Analytical support (please specify any details):        
Other (please specify):        
Question 46
What mechanisms are in place within your ADP area to ensure that services adopt a
family inclusive practice? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice]
X Asked about in their reporting
X Prerequisite for our commissioning
X Regular training provided to services  
None  
Other (please specify):        
Question 47
Page 235

Page 236

33 
In what ways do you work with the Children's Service's Planning Partnership (CSPP) in
your area? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice]  
ADP representation on CSPP  
Co-location of services
X Co-management of projects
X Coordinated activities  
Coordinated living and lived experience co-production approaches
X Co-ordination around staff training
X CSPP representation on ADP
X Data sharing  
Integrated planning
X Joint interpretation of data and evidence at a strategic level
X Joint referrals to relevant services  
Knowledge sharing  
Pooled funding  
Shared and joint outcomes
X Shared assessment of local needs  
None  
Other (please specify):       
Page 236

Page 237

34 
Finances
Question 48
How much funding does the ADP receive from the following sources? Please mark all
which apply with an ‘x’ and provide details on the amount of funding which is received. 
[multiple choice, numeric]   
Health board: £ 574 393.00   
Local authorities: £ 933 206.00     
Funding from other grant funder(s) (such as Corra and Inspiring Scotland
Foundation): £ 250 000.00   
Other (please specify source and how much funding)      : £       
Question 49
49a. How often do you provide financial reports for you ADP area? Mark all that apply
with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice]  
Monthly 
Quarterly
X  Six monthly   
Annually 
Other (please specify):           
49b. Who is financial reporting provided to? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice]
X IJB/IA Chief Financial Officer  
IJB/IA Chief Officer  
ADP Chair  
Other (please specify):         
49c. Do you have a dedicated finance officer or team within the ADP? Mark with an ‘x’.
[single option]
X  Yes   
No, the ADP coordinator undertakes this as part of their role   
No, finances are managed externally to the ADP   
Other (please specify):       
Question 50
50. Please describe what financial system(s) are used to manage finances in your area
(i.e. Oracle, Efin, Excel spreadsheets). 
[open text – maximum 500 characters] 
Page 237

Page 238

35 
Confirmation of sign-off 
Question 51
Has your response been signed off at the following levels? Mark all that apply with an ‘x’.
[multiple choice] 
ADP  
IJB  
Not signed off by IJB (please specify date of the next meeting in dd/mm/yyyy
format):       
Thank you 
Thank you for taking the time to complete this survey, your response is highly valued.
The results will be published in the 2024/25 ADP Annual Survey Official Statistics report,
scheduled for publication in autumn 2025. 
Please do not hesitate to get in touch via email at
substanceuseanalyticalteam@gov.scot should you have any questions. 
[End of survey] 
Page 238

Page 239

REPORT TO: MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD ON 29 MAY 2025 
SUBJECT: REVIEW OF FINANCIAL REGULATIONS 
BY:  CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER 
1. REASON FOR REPORT 
1.1 To seek the approval of the Board to update the Financial Regulations in line
with the proposed amendments contained within Appendix 1. 
2. RECOMMENDATION 
2.1 It is recommended that the Board: 
i) approves the proposed changes to the Moray Integration Joint Board
Financial Regulations as set out in Appendix 1; and 
ii) agrees that the reviews will be done biannually. 
3. BACKGROUND 
3.1 Section 95 of the Local Government (Scotland) Act 1973 requires integration
authorities to have adequate systems and controls in place to ensure the
‘proper administration of their financial affairs’, including the appointment of an
officer with full responsibility for their governance. The Moray Integration Joint
Board (MIJB) Financial Regulations detail those responsibilities. 
3.2 The statutory guidance produced by the Scottish Government for integration
authorities stipulates the requirement for the Chief Financial Officer of the MIJB
to develop Financial Regulations to include a minimum set of controls. These
were developed and approved at a meeting of this Board on 31 March 2016
(para 11 of the minute refers). 
3.3 The Financial Regulations were subsequently reviewed and presented to a
meeting of this Board for approval on 28 March 2019 (para 11 of the minute
refers) and on 30 November 2023 (para 12 of the minute refers). 
4. KEY MATTERS RELEVANT TO RECOMMENDATION 
Item 13.
Page 239

Page 240

4.1 It is necessary to review the Financial Regulations at regular intervals to ensure
they continue to reflect policy and practice adopted by the MIJB. The updated
Regulations are attached at Appendix 1 and proposed changes have been
highlighted in red for ease of reference. Mainly in paragraphs 4.11.2; 4.11.4;
6.2.4; 6.3.8 and 6.8. 
4.2 It is proposed that the Financial Regulations are reviewed on a biannual basis
to reflect the pace of change and support good governance practices
surrounding the MIJB financial processes. 
5. SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS 
(a) Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes
Improvement Plan (LOIP)) and Moray Integration Joint
Board Strategic Plan 2022-2032 ‘ Partners in Care’
Effective governance arrangements will support the MIJB in providing
services in line with stated priorities as outlined in its Strategic Plan. 
(b) Policy and Legal
Approved Financial Regulations form part of the constitutional
documents that provide reasonable assurance in that the decision
making of the MIJB is legal, clear, and accountable. 
Failure to observe Financial Regulations may be regarded as a breach of
trust and potentially lead to disciplinary action or dismissal. 
(c) Financial implications
None arising directly from this report. 
(d) Risk Implications and Mitigation
Regular updating of Financial Regulations provides a reference point for
staff working under the remit of the MIJB and supports the mitigation of
risk in relation to inappropriate use of funds. 
Financial Regulations constitute an element of the governance
arrangements of the MIJB, the absence of which would result in a lack of
clarity regarding roles and responsibilities. 
(e) Staffing Implications
None arising directly from this report. 
(f) Property
None arising directly from this report. 
(g) Equalities/Socio Economic Impact
An equality Impact Assessment is not needed because there is no
change to policy as a result of this report. 
(h) Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts 
There are no direct climate change and biodiversity implications as there
has been no change to policy 
(i) Directions 
None arising directly from this report.
Page 240

Page 241

(j) Consultations
The Director of Finance NHS Grampian; the Chief Officer; the Senior
Management Team, Chief Financial Officer (Moray Council) and the
MIJB Chief Internal Auditor have been consulted and their comments
incorporated into the updated Financial Regulations. 
6. CONCLUSION 
6.1 Financial Regulations support the Chief Financial Officer in ensuring the
proper administration of the financial affairs of the MIJB. They are also an
essential point of reference for service managers in assisting day-to-day
operations. 
Author of Report: Deborah O’Shea, Chief Financial Officer
Background Papers:  with author
Ref: 
Page 241

Page 242

APPENDIX 1 
Owner of Policy Chief Financial Officer
Author Deborah O’Shea
Date of Review April 2025
Date of previous version 27 November 2023
Policy Approved  29 May 2025
Next Review Date May 2027 
MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD 
FINANCIAL REGULATIONS 
Page 242

Page 243

APPENDIX 1 
MORAY INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD
FINANCIAL REGULATIONS
INDEX
1. INTRODUCTION and INTERPRETATION 
2. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
3. ROLES and RESPONSIBILITIES 
4. FINANCIAL PLANNING and MANAGEMENT 
4.1  ANNUAL REVENUE BUDGET
4.2 CAPITAL PLANNING
4.3 CAPITAL EXPENDITURE
4.4   ACCOUNTING POLICIES
4.5      BUDGET MANAGEMENT & CONTROL
4.6     BUDGET MONITORING
4.7   VIREMENT
4.8    FINAL ACCOUNTS PREPARATION
4.9    TREASURY MANAGEMENT
4.10 RESERVES
4.11 GRANT FUNDING APPLICATIONS 
5. FINANCIAL SYSTEMS and PROCEDURES 
5.1    INCOME
5.2    AUTHORITY TO INCUR EXPENDITURE
5.3    PROCUREMENT & COMMISSIONING
5.4    IMPRESTS 
6. FINANCIAL ASSURANCE 
6.1    AUDIT COMMITTEE
6.2    EXTERNAL AUDIT
6.3    INTERNAL AUDIT – RESPONSIBILITY
6.4    INTERNAL AUDIT–  AUTHORITY
6.5    FRAUD, CORRUPTION & BRIBERY 
6.6    INSURANCE
6.7    VAT
6.8   GIFTS and HOSPITALITY / REGISTER of INTERESTS 
7. REVIEW OF FINANCIAL REGULATIONS
Page 243

Page 244

APPENDIX 1 
1. INTRODUCTION and INTERPRETATION
1.1 The Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Scotland) Act 2014 was passed by the
Scottish Parliament on 25 February 2014 and provides a framework for the
effective integration of adult health and social care services.  The Act required
the submission of a partnership agreement, known as the Integration Scheme for
approval by the Scottish Government. Following a detailed consultation process,
the scheme was submitted for approval in December 2015. Following approval
by the Cabinet Secretary for Health, Wellbeing and Sport an Order was laid
before the Scottish Parliament on 8 January 2016 and the Moray Integration
Joint Board (MIJB) was established as an autonomous legal entity with effect
from 6 February 2016.
1.2 Moray Council and NHS Grampian recognise that they each have continuing
financial governance responsibilities and operate under their own Financial
Regulations / Standing Financial instructions in the operational delivery of
services.   As this service delivery will continue to be carried out within the
Council and the Health Board, these Financial Regulations relate specifically to
the affairs of the MIJB and are therefore limited and focussed in scope.
1.3 The main objective of these Financial Regulations is to detail the financial
responsibilities, policies and procedures that govern the MIJB.   Representatives
and Committees of MIJB must comply with these Financial Regulations whilst
dealing with the financial affairs of MIJB. 
1.4 A Chief Officer will be appointed who will be the accountable officer of the MIJB
in all matters except finance where there will be joint accountability with the Chief
Financial Officer.  
1.5 A Chief Financial Officer will be appointed who will be the proper officer for the
purposes of Section 95 of the Local Government (Scotland) Act 1973.  The Chief
Financial Officer has a statutory duty to ensure that proper financial
administration of the financial affairs of MIJB is maintained.  The MIJB will have
regard to the current CIPFA guidance on the role of the Chief Financial Officer in
Local Government. 
http://www.cipfa.org/policy-and-guidance/reports/the-role-of-the-chief-financial-
officer-in-local-government
1.6 Should any difficulties arise regarding the interpretation or application of these
financial regulations, individuals must seek advice from the Chief Financial
Officer before any action is taken.
Page 244

Page 245

APPENDIX 1 
1.7 The MIJB will commission services from Moray Council and NHS Grampian. The
management of services within each of these organisations will continue to be
governed by the existing Standing Financial Instructions, Financial Regulations,
Schedule of Reserved Decisions, Operational Scheme of Delegation and any
other extant financial procedures approved by their respective Governance
structures. 
1.8 Any breach or non-compliance with these Regulations must, on discovery, be
reported immediately to the Chief Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of MIJB
who, in consultation with others as appropriate shall decide on what action
should be taken.
1.9 For the avoidance of doubt the breach of, or non-compliance with these
Regulations may result in disciplinary action being taken against the relevant
individuals in line with the policies of the employing organisation. 
2. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
2.1 Corporate Governance is about the structures and processes for decision
making, accountability, controls and behaviour throughout the MIJB.  The basic
principles of corporate governance are as follows:
2.1.1 Openness – Anyone with an interest in the affairs of the MIJB should have
confidence in the decision making and management processes and the
individuals involved in them.  This confidence is gained through openness in its
affairs and providing full, accurate and clear information which leads to effective
and timely action and scrutiny.
2.1.2 Integrity – There should be honesty, selflessness, objectivity and high standards
of conduct in how the MIJB’s funds and affairs are managed.  Integrity depends
on the effectiveness of the control framework and on the personal standards and
professionalism of members and officers involved in the running of its affairs.
2.1.3 Accountability – There needs to be a clear understanding by everyone involved
in the MIJB’s affairs of their roles and responsibilities.  There should also be a
process which provides appropriate independent examination of the decisions
and actions of those involved in the MIJB’s affairs, including how the funds and
performance are managed.
2.2 These Financial Regulations are an essential part of the corporate governance of
the MIJB.
2.3 Members of the MIJB are required to follow any applicable formally agreed
national codes of conduct. 
Page 245

Page 246

APPENDIX 1 
3. ROLES and RESPONSIBILITIES
3.1 INTEGRATION JOINT BOARD MEMBERS RESPONSIBILITY
3.1.1 The Board will continuously work to secure best value for money in how the
organisation directs its resources, to ensure efficiency, effectiveness, safety and
quality outcomes can be achieved. The Board are responsible for ensuring that
proper accounting records are kept, which disclose at any time, the true and fair
financial position and enable the preparation of financial statements that comply
with the applicable Code of Practice. The Board are also responsible for
ensuring that procedures are in place to ensure compliance with all statutory
obligations.
3.2 CHIEF OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES
3.2.1 The Chief Officer has a direct line of accountability to the MIJB and is jointly line
managed by the Chief Executives of NHS Grampian and Moray Council for the
delivery of integrated services. The Chief Officer is responsible for ensuring that
progress is being made in achieving the national outcomes and for any locally
delegated responsibilities for health and wellbeing and for measuring, monitoring
and reporting on the underpinning measures and indicators (including financial)
that will demonstrate progress. 
3.2.2 The Chief Officer is responsible for ensuring that the decisions of the MIJB are
carried out.
3.2.3 The Chief Officer shall ensure that the Financial Regulations and all associated
procedure manuals and documents are made known to appropriate staff
members and shall ensure full compliance with them.
3.2.4 The Chief Officer shall prepare budgets following consultation with the Chief
Financial Officer. The Chief Officer is also responsible for the preparation of
Service Plans and relevant business cases relating to the Services. The Chief
Officer shall ensure that the Chief Financial Officer is informed of financial
matters that will have a significant impact on the Services, seeking financial
advice where necessary.
3.3 CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER RESPONSIBILITIES
3.3.1 The Chief Financial Officer is responsible for governance of the MIJB’s financial
resources, ensuring the Partners utilise these in accordance with the Strategic
Plan and the Directions issued and that the Strategic Plan delivers best value.
3.3.2 The Chief Financial Officer shall ensure that suitable accounting records are
maintained and is responsible for the preparation of the MIJB’s Financial
Statements following the Code of Practice on Local Authority Accounting in the
UK.
Page 246

Page 247

APPENDIX 1 
3.3.3 The Chief Financial Officer shall ensure that these Financial Regulations are
reviewed and updated as necessary.
3.3.4 The Chief Financial Officer shall provide the Chief Officer and the MIJB with an
annual governance statement.
3.3.5 The Chief Financial Officer shall be entitled to report upon the financial
implications of any matter coming before the MIJB.  To allow the Chief Financial
Officer to fulfil this obligation, the Chief Officer will consult with the Chief
Financial Officer on all matters involving a potential financial implication that is
likely to result in a report to the MIJB.
3.3.6  The Chief Financial Officer shall ensure that arrangements are in place to
properly establish the correct liability, process and accounting for VAT. 
3.3.7 The Chief Financial Officer will ensure that budget managers receive appropriate
advice, guidance and support and appropriate information to enable them to
affect control over expenditure and income. 
4. FINANCIAL PLANNING and MANAGEMENT
4.1 ANNUAL REVENUE BUDGET
4.1.1 The Chief Financial Officer will report to the MIJB each year on the process,
timetable, format and key assumptions in drafting the annual budget.
4.1.2 The Chief Financial Officer of MIJB, Section 95 Officer of Moray Council and the
Director of Finance of NHS Grampian will agree a timetable for preparation of the
annual budget of MIJB and the exchange of information between MIJB, Moray
Council and NHS Grampian.  This ensures that required deadlines set out within
the Integration Scheme are met. 
4.1.3 The MIJB will approve a Strategic Plan which sets out arrangements for planning
and directing the functions delegated to it by Moray Council and NHS Grampian. 
The Strategic Plan will cover a three-year period and will determine the budgets
required to deliver operational services in-line with the Plan, recognising the
need to be indicative in years two and three.  The Strategic Plan will be aligned
to, and presented with alignment to the Medium Term Financial Strategy. 
4.1.4 The Chief Officer and the Chief Financial Officer will develop a case for the
Integrated Budget based on the Strategic Plan and present it to Moray Council
and NHS Grampian for consideration and agreement as part of the annual
budget setting process.  
4.1.5 The Chief Financial Officer will prepare and issue guidance, instructions and a
timetable to all involved in the preparation of the annual budget.
Page 247

Page 248

APPENDIX 1 
4.1.6 The method for determining the final payment i.e. the initial base budget as at 1
April will be contingent on the respective financial planning processes of Moray
Council and NHS Grampian.  The Integration Scheme stipulates that the
baseline payment to the Board will be formally advised by the Partners by 28th
February each year.
4.1.7 Following agreement of the Strategic Plan by the MIJB, and confirmation of the
Integrated Budget by the Partners, the Chief Officer will provide the MIJB’s
Directions in writing to the Partners regarding operational delivery of the
Strategic Plan. The Directions will include the functions that are being directed,
how they are to be delivered and the resources to be used in delivery of the
Direction in accordance with the Strategic Plan. Directions will be confirmed by
the Chief Officer by 31 March of the financial year proceeding the financial year
under Direction.  Updated  Directions will be issued throughout the year. 
4.1.8 The Chief Officer will hold an operational role in both Moray Council and NHS
Grampian, for the management of the operational delivery of services as directed
by the MIJB and a line of accountability to the Chief Executives of both
organisations for the financial management of operational budgets.  
4.2 CAPITAL PLANNING
4.2.1 The MIJB is not empowered to own capital assets, and accordingly the
management of assets remains the responsibility of the Partner organisation. 
There is a need to ensure clear planning, scrutiny and governance of assets to
ensure the appropriate assets are in place to allow for the delivery of the
delegated functions.
4.2.2 The MIJB has in place an Infrastructure Programme Board who’s membership
includes key officers from MIJB, NHS Grampian and Moray Council.  The
Infrastructure Programme Board reports to the Strategic Planning and
Commissioning group.
4.3 CAPITAL EXPENDITURE
4.3.1 The MIJB does not receive a capital funding allocation. Capital projects are
funded by either Moray Council or NHS Grampian and expenditure will be
controlled in accordance with their respective financial regulations / standing
financial instructions.
4.4 ACCOUNTING POLICIES
4.4.1 The MIJB is subject to the audit and accounts provisions of a body under section
106 of the Local Government (Scotland) Act 1973.  The Chief Financial Officer is
responsible for the preparation of the MIJB’s Financial Statements following the
Code of Practice on Local Authority Accounting in the UK. 
Page 248

Page 249

APPENDIX 1 
4.5 BUDGET MANAGEMENT & CONTROL 
4.5.1 Budget holders/managers within Moray Council and NHS Grampian will be
accountable for all budgets within their control as directed by the MIJB in line
with its Strategic Plan.  The MIJB will ensure appropriate arrangements are in
place to support good financial management and planning.  
4.5.2 It is the joint responsibility of the Chief Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the
MIJB to report regularly and timeously on all budgetary control matters,
comparing projected outturn with the approved financial plan to the MIJB.
4.5.3 The NHS Grampian Director of Finance and the Section 95 Officer of Moray
Council shall, along with the MIJB Chief Financial Officer put in place a system of
budgetary control which will provide the Chief Officer with management
accounting information for both arms of the operational budget and for the MIJB
in aggregate.   
4.6 BUDGET MONITORING 
4.6.1 It is the joint responsibility of the Chief Officer and the Chief Financial Officer to
report to the MIJB regularly, timeously and accurately on all matters of budget
management and control. The reports should include projections for the full
financial year and any implications for the following financial years. These
reports will include recovery action or corrective measures proposed where a
year end budget variance is identified.
4.6.2 The Director of Finance, NHS Grampian and the Section 95 Officer, Moray
Council will provide the Chief Financial Officer of the MIJB with information on a
monthly basis regarding the costs incurred for the services directly managed by
them.  Information should be provided in an agreed format.
4.6.3 The Director of Finance, NHS Grampian will provide the Chief Financial Officer
of MIJB with financial information on a monthly basis regarding the hosted
services.  Information should be in an agreed format and produced timely to
enable inclusion in the financial monitoring reports.
4.6.4 The Director of Finance, NHS Grampian will provide the Chief Financial Officer
of MIJB with information regarding the use of the amounts set aside for hospital
services.  Reporting updates will be provided in line with the provision of activity
information from NHS Information Services Division.
4.6.5 The Chief Financial Officer will report monthly to the Chief Officer on the financial
performance and position.  These reports will be timely, relevant and reliable and
will include information, analysis and explanation in relation to: 
Page 249

Page 250

APPENDIX 1 
• Reviewing budget savings proposals
• Actual income and expenditure
• Forecast outturns and annual budget
• Explanations of significant variances
• Reviewing action required in response to significant variances
• Identifying and analysing financial risks
• Use of reserves
• Any adjustments to the annual budget (e.g. new funding allocations)
4.6.6 The Chief Financial Officer will work with the Section 95 Officer of Moray Council
and Director of Finance of NHS Grampian to ensure managers are provided with
monthly financial reports that are timely, relevant and reliable. These reports will
include information and analysis in relation to:
• Budget available to managers 
• Actual income and expenditure
• Forecast outturns.
4.6.7 The Chief Financial Officer will be consulted on all reports being submitted to the
MIJB to ensure that any financial implications arising have been considered.
Each MIJB report should include a Financial Implications section.
4.6.8 It is a requirement of the Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Scotland) Act 2014 that
an annual performance report is presented to the MIJB and the financial contents
therein should comply with the requirements as set out in the Act.
4.7 VIREMENT
4.7.1 Virement is defined by CIPFA as “the transfer of an underspend on one budget
head to finance additional spending on another budget head, in accordance with
and Authority’s Financial Regulations”. In effect virement is the process of
transferring budget between budget headings with no change to the overall net
budget.
4.7.2 The Chief Officer is expected to deliver the agreed outcomes within the total
delegated budget. Any virement must not create additional overall budget
liability.
4.7.3 Any proposal for virement involving a new policy, or variation of existing policy,
which will impact upon the strategic plans of the MIJB, will be subject to the
approval of the MIJB.
4.7.4 Virement can be used in the following situations and with reference to the flow
chart at APPENDIX A;  
• The Chief Financial Officer has been notified; and 
Page 250

Page 251

APPENDIX 1 
• The virement does not create an additional financial commitment into future
financial years.
4.7.5 The virement process cannot be used in the following situations: 
• for transfers between IJB and non-IJB budgets;
• for expected savings on finance costs or recharges; 
• for recurring items of expenditure in place of non-recurring savings;
• for staffing changes that would increase the establishment; 
• for property items such as rates and utilities; 
• any savings against a property which has been declared surplus under the
Council’s or NHS’s surplus asset procedure; 
• to reinstate an item deleted by the MIJB during budget considerations unless
approved by the MIJB.
4.7.6 The Chief Financial Officer must maintain separate budgets for any hosted
services managed on behalf of Grampian wide partners. Virement to and from
these to Integration Joint Boards requires authorisation of all the three
Integration Joint Boards before being implemented.
4.7.7 To the extent that any virement would transfer budget between Partners the
Chief Financial Officer is required to notify the Partner bodies and send amended
Directions.
4.8 FINAL ACCOUNTS PREPARATION
4.8.1 The Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Scotland) Act 2014 requires that the MIJB is
subject to the audit and accounts provisions of a body under Section 106 of the
Local Government (Scotland) Act 1973 (Section 13).  This will require audited
annual accounts to be prepared in accordance with legislation (The Local
Authority Accounts (Scotland) Regulations 2014, and so far as is compatible with
that legislation, in accordance with proper accounting practices in Section 12 of
the Local Government in Scotland Act 2003 and regulations under Section 105
of the Local Government (Scotland) Act 1973).  
4.8.2 Financial statements will be prepared to comply with the Code of Practice on
Local Authority Accounting and other relevant professional guidance.
4.8.3 The unaudited annual accounts shall be submitted to the External Auditors and
to those members charged with governance for their consideration in accordance
with the statutory regulations.
4.8.4 The audited annual accounts shall be submitted to those charged with
governance for their consideration and approval and the Auditors report thereon
shall be submitted to the MIJB for consideration in accordance with the statutory
regulations
Page 251

Page 252

APPENDIX 1 
4.8.5 The timetable for audit and publication of MIJB’s annual accounts shall be
agreed in advance with the external auditors of Moray Council and NHS
Grampian.   
4.9 TREASURY MANAGEMENT
4.9.1 The MIJB will not undertake any cash transactions but rather these will be on a
notional basis through the Direction of expenditure undertaken by the Partners.
Any cash correction arising as a result of the direction by the MIJB will be
undertaken directly between the Partners.
4.9.2  The MIJB will not operate a bank account.
4.10 RESERVES
4.10.1 The Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Scotland) Act 2014 empowers the Integration
Joint Boards to hold reserves, which should be accounted for in the financial
accounts and records of MIJB.  MIJB has a Reserves Policy that is held outwith
these Financial Regulations and is reviewed regularly.
4.10.2 Unless otherwise agreed, any unspent budget will be transferred into the
reserves of the MIJB at the end of each financial year.
4.11 GRANT FUNDING APPLICATIONS
4.11.1 Where opportunities arise to attract external funding, relevant officers shall
consider the conditions surrounding the funding to ensure they are consistent
with the aims and objectives of MIJB and the Strategic Plan.
4.11.2 All grant funding to be secured by the MIJB from external bodies is required to
receive approval from the the Senior Management Team MIJB prior to an
application being made by the accountable body to ensure financial implications
and match funding requirements are considered. These will then be reported to
MIJB as part of the budget monitoring reports.
4.11.3 The Chief Financial Officer shall ensure that arrangements are in place to:- 
• receive and properly record such income in the accounts of the accountable
body;
• ensure the audit and accounting arrangements are met; and
• ensure the funding requirements are considered prior to entering into any
agreements, both in the present and the future.
4.11.4 The Chief Officer of the service receiving grant funding must ensure that
arrangements for receiving and recording income are complied with. Chief
Officers shall ensure appropriate records are kept in relation to any grant funding
activities, including, but not limited to, grant funding applications; grant funding
Page 252

Page 253

APPENDIX 1 
award and claims. They must also ensure that the project progresses in
accordance with the agreed terms of the funding agreement and that claims are
made from the funding body timeously and in accordance with any conditions of
the grant award. 
5. FINANCIAL SYSTEMS and PROCEDURES
5.1 INCOME
5.1.1 There is no income to the MIJB by way of cash transactions.  Transfer of
resources will be made by NHS Grampian and Moray Council in respect of the
agreed delegated functions and will be reflected in the Directions.   Payment will
then be made by the MIJB for the delivery of these services.  The accounting for
these transactions will be via book entries in the ledgers of NHS Grampian and
Moray Council.
5.2 AUTHORITY TO INCUR EXPENDITURE
5.2.1 The Chief Officer shall have the authority to incur expenditure within the
approved delegated resources from MIJB to Moray Council and NHS Grampian
in-line with any supplementary budget that has been approved by the MIJB, and
subject to the provisions of these Financial Regulations.
5.2.2 Expenditure shall be aligned with the Strategic Plan.  The Chief Officer and Chief
Finance Officer will make sure that MIJB only commits to expenditure that it is
legally able to commit to and is within scope of the approved Integration Scheme
and Strategic Plan. Where this is not clear they will consult with the section 95
Officer of the Council and the Director of Finance of NHS Grampian and seek
appropriate legal advice. 
5.3 PROCUREMENT and COMMISSIONING
5.3.1 The Public Bodies (Joint Working) (Scotland) Act 2014  provides that the  MIJB
may enter into a contract with any other person in relation to the provision to the
MIJB of goods and services for the purposes of carrying out functions conferred
on it by the Act.
5.3.2 Procurement activity in relation to operational delivery of services will be
undertaken following the procurement procedures approved by the Partner
organisations to which the MIJB has given operational Direction for the use of
financial resources.  
Page 253

Page 254

APPENDIX 1 
5.4 PETTY CASH IMPRESTS
5.4.1 There will be no facility for petty cash unless authorised by the MIJB Chief
Financial Officer and the necessary security arrangements have been
established and have been deemed adequate.
5.4.2 Petty cash imprest facilities will be operated within NHS Grampian and Moray
Council and will be contained within their respective established arrangements.
6. FINANCIAL ASSURANCE  
6.1 AUDIT COMMITTEE
6.1.1 MIJB is required to make appropriate and proportionate arrangements for
overseeing the system of corporate governance and internal controls.  This has
resulted in the establishment of an Audit, Performance & Risk committee.  The
Audit, Performance& Risk Committee operates in accordance with Financial
Reporting Council professional guidance for Audit Committees and has distinct,
approved terms of reference set out within the MIJB’s Scheme of Administration.
6.2 EXTERNAL AUDIT
6.2.1 The Accounts Commission will appoint the external auditors to the MIJB.  
6.2.2 External Audit are required to submit an annual plan to the MIJB and its Audit,
Performance & Risk Committee.
6.2.3 External Audit are required to submit a final report to MIJB and its Audit,
Performance & Risk Committee.
6.2.4 The External Auditor appointed to MIJB for the purposes of conducting their
work, shall:- 
• Have a right of access to all records(electronic or manual), assets, personnel
and premises, including those of partner organisations in carrying out their
duties in relation to MIJB activity. 
• Have access to all records (electronic or manual), documents and
correspondence relating to any financial and other transactions of the MIJB
and those of partner organisations where it relates to their business with the
MIJB. 
• Require and receive such explanations as are necessary concerning any
matter under examination, in a timely manner. This has been established as
responding within 5 working days for information requests. 
Page 254

Page 255

APPENDIX 1 
6.3 INTERNAL AUDIT - RESPONSIBILITY
6.3.1 The role of Internal Audit is to understand the key risks faced by the MIJB and to
examine and evaluate the adequacy and effectiveness of the system of risk
management and internal control as in support of the governance arrangements
operated by the MIJB.   
6.3.2 The MIJB shall secure the provision of an internal audit service to provide an
independent and objective opinion on the control environment comprising risk
management, governance and control of the delegated resources.  The delivery
of internal audit services is currently undertaken by the Internal Audit Section of
the Moray Council.
.
6.3.3 The operational delivery of internal audit services within NHS Grampian and
Moray Council will be contained within their respective established
arrangements. 
6.3.4 The Internal Audit Service provided to MIJB will undertake its work in compliance
with the Public Sector Internal Audit Standards. 
6.3.5 The MIJB Chief Internal Auditor, who is also the Audit and Risk Manager of the
Moray Council, will prepare and submit a strategic risk based audit plan to the
MIJB or Audit Performance and Risk Committee for approval on an annual basis.  
This audit plan will not include systems and practices within NHS Grampian that
will be subject to separate audit arrangements. 
6.3.6 The Chief Internal Auditor shall report to the Audit, Performance & Risk
Committee throughout the year on the outcomes of audit work completed and on
progress towards delivery of the agreed annual audit plan. The Chief Internal
Auditor will also provide an annual opinion on the MIJB’s systems of governance
and internal control based on the findings from work carried out by Internal Audit,
taken together with other sources of assurance. 
6.3.7 Such Internal Audit work shall not absolve senior management of the
responsibility to ensure that all financial transactions are undertaken in
accordance with the Financial Regulations/ Standing Financial Instructions and
Standing Orders and that adequate systems of internal control exist to safeguard
assets and secure the accuracy and reliability of records. 
6.3.8 It shall be the responsibility of senior management to ensure that access to
relevant officers and explanations requested by the Chief Internal Auditor or their
representatives are provided in a timely manner. (Operational this has been
established as responding within 20 working days to audit recommendations and
5 working days for information requests). 
6.3.9 The Chief Internal Auditor has the right to report direct to the MIJB in any
instance where he or she deems it inappropriate to report to the Chief Officer,
Chief Financial Officer or Audit, Performance & Risk committee. 
6.3.10 Where recommendations resulting from Internal Audit work have been agreed,
the Chief Officer shall ensure that these are implemented within the agreed
Page 255

Page 256

APPENDIX 1 
timescale.  Regular progress reports will be sought by the Chief Internal Auditor
and it is the responsibility of the Chief Officer to ensure that these are provided
when requested along with explanations of any recommendations not
implemented within the agreed timescale. 
6.4 INTERNAL AUDIT - AUTHORITY 
6.4.1 The Chief Internal Auditor or their representatives shall have the authority, on
production of identification to obtain entry at all reasonable times to any premises
or land used or operated by MIJB in order to review, appraise and report on the
areas detailed below:-
• The adequacy and effectiveness of the systems of financial, operational and
management control and their operation in practice in relation to the business
risks to be addressed.
• The governance arrangements in place by reviewing the systems of internal
control, risk management practices and financial procedures. 
• The extent of compliance with policies, standards, plans and procedures
approved by the MIJB and the extent of compliance with regulations and
reporting requirements of regulatory bodies. 
• The suitability, accuracy, reliability and integrity of financial and other
management information and the means used to identify, measure and report
such information. 
6.4.2 In addition, the Chief Internal Auditor or their representatives, for the purposes of
conducting their work, shall:- 
• Have a right of access to all records (electronic or manual), assets, personnel
and premises, when carrying out their duties in relation to Moray Integration
Joint Board activity. 
• Have access to all records (electronic or manual), documents and
correspondence relating to any activity, including financial and other
transactions of the Board and those of partner organisations where it relates
to their business with the Board. 
• Require and receive such explanations as are necessary concerning any
matter under examination. 
6.5 FRAUD, CORRUPTION & BRIBERY
6.5.1 Every member of MIJB and its representatives shall observe these Financial
Regulations/ Standing Financial Instructions within the sphere of their
responsibility.  They have a duty to bring to the immediate attention of the Chief
Internal Auditor any suspected fraud or irregularity in any matter that would
contravene these regulations.
Page 256

Page 257

APPENDIX 1 
6.5.2 All suspected fraudulent activity should be reported to the Chief Internal Auditor.
However, there are a range of confidential routes available to the MIJB and its
representatives who wish to ask for advice regarding the reporting of an
irregularity or a suspected fraud;
• NHS Counter Fraud Services (CFS) Fraud Hotline on – 08000 15 16 28
• NHS Counter Fraud Services Website on: NHS CFS Website
• NHS Grampian’s Fraud Liaison Officer – Assistant Director of Finance     
(Financial Services) on 07966 336548
• NHS Grampian’s Deputy Fraud Liaison Officer – Financial Governance
Manager on 01224 556103
• The MIJB Chief Internal Auditor on Fraud Hotline 01343 563003 
All information provided is treated in the strictest of confidence and individuals
who raise genuine concerns are protected by law, regardless of the outcome of
any investigation that they initiate. 
The fraud policies of both NHS Grampian and Moray Council are available via
their respective Intranets.
6.5.3 When a matter arises where it is suspected that an irregularity exists in the
exercise of the functions of MIJB, the Chief Internal Auditor in conjunction with 
the Chief Officer, will take such steps as may be considered necessary by way of
investigation and report.
6.5.4 Both organisations have Whistleblowing policies and can be found on their
websites here, Moray Council and NHS Grampian 
6.6 INSURANCE
6.6.1 The Chief Officer in conjunction with the Chief Financial Officer will ensure that
the risks faced by the MIJB are identified and quantified and that effective
measures are taken to reduce, eliminate or insure against them.
6.6.2 As of 1 April 2016 the MIJB became members of the Clinical Negligence and
Other Risks Scheme (CNORIS) scheme.  The cover provided is in relation to
indemnity for MIJB Members only.  The cover provided is in respect of decisions
made by Members in their capacity on the MIJB.  All other cover required should
be provided by NHS Grampian and Moray Council. 
6.6.3 The Chief Officer is responsible for ensuring that there are adequate systems in
place for the prompt notification in writing to the Chief Financial Officer of any
loss, liability, damage or injury which may give rise to a claim, by or against the
MIJB.
Page 257

Page 258

APPENDIX 1 
6.6.4 The Chief Officer in conjunction with the Chief Financial Officer shall annually or
at such other period as may be considered necessary, review all insurances. 
Any required changes should be reported to MIJB.
6.6.5 The Chief Officer in conjunction with the Chief Financial Officer of MIJB will
review the requirement for membership of the Scottish Government (CNORIS)
on an annual basis. 
6.7 VAT
6.7.1 HMRC have confirmed that there is no VAT registration requirement for 
Integration Authorites under the VAT act 1994 as it will not be delivering any
services that fall within the scope of VAT.
6.7.2 Should the activities of the MIJB change in time and it becomes empowered to
provide services, then it is essential  the VAT treatment of any future activities or
services delivered are considered in detail by the Chief Financial Officer to
establish if there is a legal requirement for the Integration Authorities to register
for VAT.
6.7.3 The Chief Officer and Chief Financial Officer must remain cognisant of possible
VAT implications arising from the delivery of the Strategic Plan. The Partner
organisations should be consulted in early course on proposals which may have
VAT related implications for them.
6.8 GIFTS and HOSPITALITY / REGISTER of INTEREST
6.8.1 Members and employees must should comply with their respective codes of
conduct when offered gifts, gratuities and hospitality.     
6.8.2 A central register of gifts and hospitality will be maintained by the MIJB.  For the
offers of any hospitality or gift, approval must be sought from the relevant line
manager prior to acceptance and for offers exceeding £30 details must be
intimated in writing for including in the register. Reference must should be made
to the respective codes of conduct. 
6.8.3 A separate Register of Interests for members is maintained by the Clerk to the
MIJB.
6.9 RETENTION OF FINANCIAL DOCUMENTS
6.9.1 The Chief Officer and Chief Financial Officer will ensure that arrangements are in
place for the proper management of financial, legal and other documents and
that these documents are retained in accordance with any specific statutory
requirements, including the Data Protection Act (2018), the Freedom of
Information (Scotland) Act (2002), and any approved MIJB management policies
and procedures. The accounting records will be held by Moray Council on behalf
of the MIJB.
Page 258

Page 259

APPENDIX 1 
7 REVIEW OF FINANCIAL REGULATIONS
7.1 These Financial Regulations shall be subject to review on a regular basis, and as
a minimum of every two years by the MIJB Chief Financial Officer and where
necessary, subsequent amendments will be submitted to MIJB for approval. 
Financial Regulations should be considered alongside other Governance
documents. 
Page 259

Page 260

APPENDIX 1 
APPENDIX A – MIJB VIREMENT APPROVAL RESPONSIBILITY CHART
Does the virement involve a Y   
new policy or a variation of     
an existing policy that will    MIJB to approve 
impact on the Strategic Plan         
N          
Y  If under £20k, relevant     
Budget Managers& CFO to 
Is the virement between   approve.  If between £20k -  
Budget groupings within the   £100k,  Senior  
Same cost centre?   Management Team to approve.   If     
over £100k, Chief Officer to     
approve. 
N          
NOTES:- THE CFO SHOULD BE NOTIFIED OF   
ALL VIREMENTS 
1. All budget virements should be advised   
to the relevant Finance team to ensure 
correct processing in the ledger.
Is the virement between budget Y  2. Non-recurring savings cannot be vired to
groupings within the same service   fund recurring commitments.
(i.e. all within Health or all within   3. Virement cannot be used to reinstate an
Social Care?)   item which has been previously excluded
N    from the MIJB Budget without agreement 
of the full MIJB.    
4. Virements cannot be made from 
earmarked funding sources which are
If under £20k, relevant Budget   provided by the Scottish Government for
Managers & CFO to approve.   a specific service objective.
If between £20k - £100k,  Senior
Management Team to approve.  If
over £100k, Chief Officer and the
MIJB Chief Financial Officer to
approve.  
5. Adjustments required between MIJB and non
MIJB budgets would be considered to be outside
the scope of this virement process and require
separate reporting to the MIJB and the Partners.
6. All virements will be reflected in monthly
monitoring for reports for budget managers.
7. All virements over £100k will be reported in the
financial monitoring reports to the MIJB. 
Page 260